Constify more
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright (C) 1989-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
5
6 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
9 any later version.
10
11 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
18 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
19 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
22 at the University of Utah. */
23
24 #include "as.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "subsegs.h"
27 #include "dw2gencfi.h"
28
29 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
30
31 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
32 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
33
34 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
35 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
36 #endif
37
38 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
39 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
40 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
41 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
42 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
43
44 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
45 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
46
47 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
48 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
49
50 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
51 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
52 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
53 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
54
55 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
56 /* How to generate a relocation. */
57 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
58 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
59 #else
60 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
61 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
62 #endif
63
64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
65 to store a copyright string. */
66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
68
69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
71
72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
78
79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
80 typedef int reloc_type;
81
82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
83 #define obj_version obj_som_version
84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
85
86 /* How to generate a relocation. */
87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
88
89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
93
94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
97 #endif
98
99 #ifndef R_N0SEL
100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
101 #endif
102
103 #ifndef R_N1SEL
104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
105 #endif
106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
107
108 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
109 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
110 #else
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
112 #endif
113
114 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
115
116 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
117
118 struct unwind_desc
119 {
120 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
121 unsigned int millicode:1;
122 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
123 unsigned int region_desc:2;
124 unsigned int save_sr:2;
125 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
126 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
127 unsigned int args_stored:1;
128 unsigned int call_fr:5;
129 unsigned int call_gr:5;
130 unsigned int save_sp:1;
131 unsigned int save_rp:1;
132 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
133 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
134 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
135
136 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
137 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
138 unsigned int reserved:3;
139 unsigned int frame_size:27;
140 };
141
142 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
143 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
144 object files. */
145 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
146 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
147 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
148 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
149 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
150 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
151 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
152 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
153 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
154 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
155 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
156 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
157 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
158 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
159 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
160 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
161
162 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
163 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
164 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
165 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
166
167 struct unwind_table
168 {
169 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
170 descriptor. */
171 unsigned int start_offset;
172 unsigned int end_offset;
173 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
174 };
175
176 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
177 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
178 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
179
180 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
181 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
182
183 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
184 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
185
186 struct call_info
187 {
188 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
189 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
190
191 /* Name of this function. */
192 symbolS *start_symbol;
193
194 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
195 symbolS *end_symbol;
196
197 /* Next entry in the chain. */
198 struct call_info *ci_next;
199 };
200
201 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
202 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
203 SGL and DBL). */
204 typedef enum
205 {
206 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
207 }
208 fp_operand_format;
209
210 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
211 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
212 (ELF has no need for it). */
213 typedef enum
214 {
215 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
216 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
224 }
225 pa_symbol_type;
226
227 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
228 individual instructions. */
229 struct pa_it
230 {
231 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
232 unsigned long opcode;
233
234 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
235 expressionS exp;
236
237 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
238 int pcrel;
239
240 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
241 fp_operand_format fpof1;
242 fp_operand_format fpof2;
243
244 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
245 int trunc;
246
247 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
248 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
249 long field_selector;
250
251 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
252 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
253 unsigned int arg_reloc;
254
255 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
256 int format;
257
258 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
259 reloc_type reloc;
260 };
261
262 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
263
264 +--------------+--------------+
265 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | | |
270
271 . . .
272 . . .
273 . . .
274
275 | | |
276 +--------------+--------------+
277 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
280 +--------------+--------------+ */
281
282 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
283 struct call_desc
284 {
285 /* The argument relocation specification. */
286 unsigned int arg_reloc;
287
288 /* Number of arguments. */
289 unsigned int arg_count;
290 };
291
292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
293 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
294 chain. */
295
296 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
297 {
298 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
299 unsigned int ssd_defined;
300
301 /* Name of this subspace. */
302 char *ssd_name;
303
304 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
305 asection *ssd_seg;
306 int ssd_subseg;
307
308 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
309 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
310 };
311
312 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
313
314 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
315 chain. */
316
317 struct space_dictionary_chain
318 {
319 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
320 as a default space. */
321 unsigned int sd_defined;
322
323 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
324 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
325
326 /* The space number (or index). */
327 unsigned int sd_spnum;
328
329 /* The name of this subspace. */
330 char *sd_name;
331
332 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
333 asection *sd_seg;
334
335 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
336 int sd_last_subseg;
337
338 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
339 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
340
341 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
342 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
343 };
344
345 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
346
347 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
348 dictionary entries. */
349
350 struct default_subspace_dict
351 {
352 /* Name of the subspace. */
353 const char *name;
354
355 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
356 char defined;
357
358 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
359 char loadable;
360
361 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
362 char code_only;
363
364 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
365 char comdat;
366
367 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
368 char common;
369
370 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
371 to be multiply defined. */
372 char dup_common;
373
374 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
375 char zero;
376
377 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
378 unsigned char sort;
379
380 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
381 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
382 int access;
383
384 /* Index of containing space. */
385 int space_index;
386
387 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
388 int alignment;
389
390 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
391 int quadrant;
392
393 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
394 int def_space_index;
395
396 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
397 subsegT subsegment;
398 };
399
400 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
401 dictionary entries. */
402
403 struct default_space_dict
404 {
405 /* Name of the space. */
406 const char *name;
407
408 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
409 assembly code numerically! */
410 int spnum;
411
412 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
413 char loadable;
414
415 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
416 char defined;
417
418 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
419 char private;
420
421 /* Sort key for this space. */
422 unsigned char sort;
423
424 /* Segment associated with this space. */
425 asection *segment;
426 };
427 #endif
428
429 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
430 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
431 label. */
432 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
433 {
434 struct symbol *lss_label;
435 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
436 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
437 #endif
438 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
439 segT lss_segment;
440 #endif
441 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
442 }
443 label_symbol_struct;
444
445 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
446 struct hppa_fix_struct
447 {
448 /* The field selector. */
449 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
450
451 /* Type of fixup. */
452 int fx_r_type;
453
454 /* Format of fixup. */
455 int fx_r_format;
456
457 /* Argument relocation bits. */
458 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
459
460 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
461 segT segment;
462 };
463
464 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
465
466 struct pd_reg
467 {
468 const char *name;
469 int value;
470 };
471
472 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
473 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
474 struct fp_cond_map
475 {
476 const char *string;
477 int cond;
478 };
479
480 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
481 string to a field selector type. */
482 struct selector_entry
483 {
484 const char *prefix;
485 int field_selector;
486 };
487
488 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
489
490 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
491 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
492 #endif
493
494 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
495 static void pa_text (int);
496 static void pa_data (int);
497 static void pa_comm (int);
498 #endif
499 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
500 static int exact_log2 (int);
501 static void pa_compiler (int);
502 static void pa_align (int);
503 static void pa_space (int);
504 static void pa_spnum (int);
505 static void pa_subspace (int);
506 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (const char *, int, int,
507 int, int, int,
508 asection *, int);
509 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
510 const char *, int, int,
511 int, int, int, int,
512 int, int, int, int,
513 int, asection *);
514 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
515 char *, int, int, int,
516 int, int, int, int,
517 int, int, int, int,
518 asection *);
519 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (const char *);
520 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (const char *);
521 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
522 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
523 subsegT);
524 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
525 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
526 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *, int);
527 #endif
528
529 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
530
531 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
532 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
533 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
534 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
535
536 /* The current space and subspace. */
537 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
538 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
539 #endif
540
541 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
542 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
543
544 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
545 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
546 function labels. */
547 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
548
549 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
550 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
551
552 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
553 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
554
555 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
556 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
557 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
558 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
559
560 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
561 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
562 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
563
564 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
565 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
566 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
567
568 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
569 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
570
571 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
572 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
573 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
574
575 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
576 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
577
578 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
579 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
580
581 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
582 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
583
584 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
585 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
586 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
587 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
588
589 static struct pa_it the_insn;
590
591 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
592 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
593 variable. */
594 static char *expr_end;
595
596 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
597 static int callinfo_found;
598
599 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
600 static int within_entry_exit;
601
602 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
603 static int within_procedure;
604
605 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
606 seen in each subspace. */
607 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
608
609 /* Last label symbol */
610 static label_symbol_struct last_label_symbol;
611
612 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
613
614 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
615 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
616
617 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
618 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
619 by pa_parse_number. */
620 static int strict;
621
622 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
623 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
624 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
625 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
626 register has a `r' suffix. */
627 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
628 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
629 static int pa_number;
630
631 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
632 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
633 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
634 #endif
635
636 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
637 static int print_errors = 1;
638
639 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
640
641 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
642 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
643
644 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
645 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
646
647 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
648 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
649 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
650 again have the value <REGNUM>.
651
652 Many registers also have synonyms:
653
654 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
655 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
656 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
657 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
658 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
659 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
660
661 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
662 here for brevity.
663
664 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
665
666 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
667 {
668 {"%arg0", 26},
669 {"%arg1", 25},
670 {"%arg2", 24},
671 {"%arg3", 23},
672 {"%cr0", 0},
673 {"%cr10", 10},
674 {"%cr11", 11},
675 {"%cr12", 12},
676 {"%cr13", 13},
677 {"%cr14", 14},
678 {"%cr15", 15},
679 {"%cr16", 16},
680 {"%cr17", 17},
681 {"%cr18", 18},
682 {"%cr19", 19},
683 {"%cr20", 20},
684 {"%cr21", 21},
685 {"%cr22", 22},
686 {"%cr23", 23},
687 {"%cr24", 24},
688 {"%cr25", 25},
689 {"%cr26", 26},
690 {"%cr27", 27},
691 {"%cr28", 28},
692 {"%cr29", 29},
693 {"%cr30", 30},
694 {"%cr31", 31},
695 {"%cr8", 8},
696 {"%cr9", 9},
697 {"%dp", 27},
698 {"%eiem", 15},
699 {"%eirr", 23},
700 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
701 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
702 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
703 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
704 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
705 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
706 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
707 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
708 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
709 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
710 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
711 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
712 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
713 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
714 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
715 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
716 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
717 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
718 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
719 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
720 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
721 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
722 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
723 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
724 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
725 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
726 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
727 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
728 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
729 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
730 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
731 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
732 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
733 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
734 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
735 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
736 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
737 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
738 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
739 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
740 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
741 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
742 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
743 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
744 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
745 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
746 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
747 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
748 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
749 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
750 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
751 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
752 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
753 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
754 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
755 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
756 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
757 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
758 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
759 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
760 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
761 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
762 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
763 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
764 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
765 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
766 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
767 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
768 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
769 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
770 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
771 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
772 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
773 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
774 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
775 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
776 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
777 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
778 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
779 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
780 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
781 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
782 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
783 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
784 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
785 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
786 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
787 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
788 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
789 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
790 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
791 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
792 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
793 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
794 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
795 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
796 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
797 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
798 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
799 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
800 {"%fret", 4},
801 {"%hta", 25},
802 {"%iir", 19},
803 {"%ior", 21},
804 {"%ipsw", 22},
805 {"%isr", 20},
806 {"%itmr", 16},
807 {"%iva", 14},
808 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
809 {"%mrp", 2},
810 #else
811 {"%mrp", 31},
812 #endif
813 {"%pcoq", 18},
814 {"%pcsq", 17},
815 {"%pidr1", 8},
816 {"%pidr2", 9},
817 {"%pidr3", 12},
818 {"%pidr4", 13},
819 {"%ppda", 24},
820 {"%r0", 0},
821 {"%r1", 1},
822 {"%r10", 10},
823 {"%r11", 11},
824 {"%r12", 12},
825 {"%r13", 13},
826 {"%r14", 14},
827 {"%r15", 15},
828 {"%r16", 16},
829 {"%r17", 17},
830 {"%r18", 18},
831 {"%r19", 19},
832 {"%r2", 2},
833 {"%r20", 20},
834 {"%r21", 21},
835 {"%r22", 22},
836 {"%r23", 23},
837 {"%r24", 24},
838 {"%r25", 25},
839 {"%r26", 26},
840 {"%r27", 27},
841 {"%r28", 28},
842 {"%r29", 29},
843 {"%r3", 3},
844 {"%r30", 30},
845 {"%r31", 31},
846 {"%r4", 4},
847 {"%r5", 5},
848 {"%r6", 6},
849 {"%r7", 7},
850 {"%r8", 8},
851 {"%r9", 9},
852 {"%rctr", 0},
853 {"%ret0", 28},
854 {"%ret1", 29},
855 {"%rp", 2},
856 {"%sar", 11},
857 {"%sp", 30},
858 {"%sr0", 0},
859 {"%sr1", 1},
860 {"%sr2", 2},
861 {"%sr3", 3},
862 {"%sr4", 4},
863 {"%sr5", 5},
864 {"%sr6", 6},
865 {"%sr7", 7},
866 {"%t1", 22},
867 {"%t2", 21},
868 {"%t3", 20},
869 {"%t4", 19},
870 {"%tf1", 11},
871 {"%tf2", 10},
872 {"%tf3", 9},
873 {"%tf4", 8},
874 {"%tr0", 24},
875 {"%tr1", 25},
876 {"%tr2", 26},
877 {"%tr3", 27},
878 {"%tr4", 28},
879 {"%tr5", 29},
880 {"%tr6", 30},
881 {"%tr7", 31}
882 };
883
884 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
885 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
886 for < first, we would get a false match. */
887 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
888 {
889 {"false?", 0},
890 {"false", 1},
891 {"true?", 30},
892 {"true", 31},
893 {"!<=>", 3},
894 {"!?>=", 8},
895 {"!?<=", 16},
896 {"!<>", 7},
897 {"!>=", 11},
898 {"!?>", 12},
899 {"?<=", 14},
900 {"!<=", 19},
901 {"!?<", 20},
902 {"?>=", 22},
903 {"!?=", 24},
904 {"!=t", 27},
905 {"<=>", 29},
906 {"=t", 5},
907 {"?=", 6},
908 {"?<", 10},
909 {"<=", 13},
910 {"!>", 15},
911 {"?>", 18},
912 {">=", 21},
913 {"!<", 23},
914 {"<>", 25},
915 {"!=", 26},
916 {"!?", 28},
917 {"?", 2},
918 {"=", 4},
919 {"<", 9},
920 {">", 17}
921 };
922
923 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
924 {
925 {"f", e_fsel},
926 {"l", e_lsel},
927 {"ld", e_ldsel},
928 {"lp", e_lpsel},
929 {"lr", e_lrsel},
930 {"ls", e_lssel},
931 {"lt", e_ltsel},
932 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
933 {"n", e_nsel},
934 {"nl", e_nlsel},
935 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
936 {"p", e_psel},
937 {"r", e_rsel},
938 {"rd", e_rdsel},
939 {"rp", e_rpsel},
940 {"rr", e_rrsel},
941 {"rs", e_rssel},
942 {"rt", e_rtsel},
943 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
944 {"t", e_tsel},
945 };
946
947 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
948 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
949
950 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
951 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
952
953 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
954 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
955 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
956 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
957 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
958 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
959 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
960 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
961 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
962
963 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
964 {
965 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
966 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
967 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
968 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
969 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
970 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
971 };
972
973 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
974 {
975 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
976 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
977 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
978 };
979
980 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
981
982 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
983 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
984 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
985 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
986 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
987
988 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
989 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
990 #endif
991
992 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
993 a right or left half of a FP register */
994 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
995 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
996
997 /* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
998
999 #define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
1000 { \
1001 if (immediate_check) \
1002 { \
1003 if (pos == -1) \
1004 pos = (VALUE); \
1005 else if (len == -1) \
1006 len = (VALUE); \
1007 } \
1008 }
1009
1010 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1011 main loop after insertion. */
1012
1013 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1014 { \
1015 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1016 continue; \
1017 }
1018
1019 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1020 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1021
1022 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1023 { \
1024 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1025 { \
1026 if (! IGNORE) \
1027 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1028 (int) (FIELD));\
1029 break; \
1030 } \
1031 }
1032
1033 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1034 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1035
1036 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1037 { \
1038 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1039 { \
1040 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1041 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1042 (int) (FIELD));\
1043 break; \
1044 } \
1045 }
1046
1047 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1048 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1049
1050 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1051 { \
1052 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1053 { \
1054 if (! IGNORE) \
1055 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1056 (int) (FIELD));\
1057 break; \
1058 } \
1059 }
1060
1061 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1062 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1063 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1064
1065 #define is_SB_relative(exp) \
1066 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1067 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
1068
1069 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1070 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1071 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1072
1073 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
1074 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1075 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1076
1077 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
1078 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1079 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1080
1081 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
1082 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1083 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1084
1085 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
1086 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1087 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1088
1089 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
1090 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1091 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1092
1093 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1094 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1095 need real complex handling yet. */
1096 #define is_complex(exp) \
1097 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1098
1099 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1100
1101 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1102 proc/procend pairs match. */
1103
1104 void
1105 pa_check_eof (void)
1106 {
1107 if (within_entry_exit)
1108 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1109
1110 if (within_procedure)
1111 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1112 }
1113
1114 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1115 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1116
1117 static label_symbol_struct *
1118 pa_get_label (void)
1119 {
1120 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1121
1122 if (label_chain)
1123 {
1124 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1125 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1126 return label_chain;
1127 #endif
1128 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1129 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1130 return label_chain;
1131 #endif
1132 }
1133
1134 return NULL;
1135 }
1136
1137 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1138 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1139
1140 void
1141 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
1142 {
1143 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1144
1145 if (!label_chain)
1146 label_chain = &last_label_symbol;
1147
1148 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1149 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1150 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1151 #endif
1152 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1153 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1154 #endif
1155
1156 /* Not used. */
1157 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1158
1159 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1160
1161 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1162 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1163 #endif
1164 }
1165
1166 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1167 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1168
1169 static void
1170 pa_undefine_label (void)
1171 {
1172 label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
1173 }
1174
1175 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1176 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1177 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1178 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1179 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1180 tc_fix_data field. */
1181
1182 static void
1183 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1184 int where,
1185 int size,
1186 symbolS *add_symbol,
1187 offsetT offset,
1188 expressionS *exp,
1189 int pcrel,
1190 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1191 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1192 int r_format,
1193 unsigned int arg_reloc,
1194 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1195 {
1196 fixS *new_fix;
1197 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = XOBNEW (&notes, struct hppa_fix_struct);
1198
1199 if (exp != NULL)
1200 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1201 else
1202 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1203 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1204 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1205 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1206 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1207 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1208 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1209 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1210 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1211 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1212 #endif
1213
1214 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1215 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1216 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1217 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1218 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1219 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
1220 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1221 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1222 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1223 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1224 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1225 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
1226 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1227 }
1228
1229 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1230 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1231
1232 void
1233 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp,
1234 int hppa_field_selector)
1235 {
1236 unsigned int rel_type;
1237
1238 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1239 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1240 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1241 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1242 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1243 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1244 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
1245 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1246 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1247 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1248 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1249 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1250 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1251 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1252 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1253 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1254 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1255 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1256 #endif
1257 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1258 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1259 else
1260 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1261
1262 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1263 {
1264 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1265 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1266 }
1267
1268 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1269 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1270 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1271 }
1272
1273 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
1274
1275 static void
1276 get_expression (char *str)
1277 {
1278 char *save_in;
1279 asection *seg;
1280
1281 save_in = input_line_pointer;
1282 input_line_pointer = str;
1283 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1284 if (!(seg == absolute_section
1285 || seg == undefined_section
1286 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
1287 {
1288 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1289 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1290 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1291 return;
1292 }
1293 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1294 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1295 }
1296
1297 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
1298 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
1299
1300 static int
1301 pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1302 {
1303 int nullif;
1304
1305 nullif = 0;
1306 if (**s == ',')
1307 {
1308 *s = *s + 1;
1309 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1310 nullif = 1;
1311 else
1312 {
1313 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1314 nullif = 0;
1315 }
1316 *s = *s + 1;
1317 }
1318
1319 return nullif;
1320 }
1321
1322 const char *
1323 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1324 {
1325 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE);
1326 }
1327
1328 /* Write out big-endian. */
1329
1330 void
1331 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
1332 {
1333 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1334 }
1335
1336 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1337 format. */
1338
1339 arelent **
1340 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1341 {
1342 arelent *reloc;
1343 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1344 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1345 arelent **relocs;
1346 reloc_type **codes;
1347 reloc_type code;
1348 int n_relocs;
1349 int i;
1350
1351 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1352 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1353 return &no_relocs;
1354
1355 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1356 gas_assert (section != 0);
1357
1358 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
1359
1360 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1361 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1362
1363 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
1364 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
1365 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
1366 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
1367 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
1368 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX
1369 && fixp->fx_pcrel)
1370 {
1371 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1372 fixp->fx_offset += 8;
1373 }
1374
1375 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1376 fixp->fx_r_type,
1377 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1378 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1379 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1380 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
1381
1382 if (codes == NULL)
1383 {
1384 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1385 abort ();
1386 }
1387
1388 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1389 ;
1390
1391 relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
1392 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
1393 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1394 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
1395
1396 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
1397
1398 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1399 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
1400 {
1401 default:
1402 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
1403
1404 code = *codes[0];
1405
1406 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
1407 switch (code)
1408 {
1409 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1410 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1411 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1412 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1413 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1414 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1415 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1416 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1417 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
1418 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
1419
1420 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1421 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1422 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1423 reloc->addend = 0;
1424 break;
1425
1426 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1427 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1428 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1429 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1430 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1431 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1432 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1433 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1434 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1435 fixp->fx_offset);
1436 break;
1437 #endif
1438
1439 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1440 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
1441 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1442 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1443 /* Fall thru */
1444
1445 default:
1446 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1447 break;
1448 }
1449
1450 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1451 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1452 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1453 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1454 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1455
1456 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
1457 break;
1458 }
1459 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
1460
1461 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
1462 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1463 {
1464 code = *codes[i];
1465
1466 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1467 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1468 relocs[i]->howto =
1469 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1470 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1471 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1472
1473 switch (code)
1474 {
1475 case R_COMP2:
1476 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1477 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
1478 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
1479 gas_assert (i == 1);
1480 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1481 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1482 relocs[0]->howto
1483 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1484 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1485 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1486 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1487 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1488 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1489 relocs[1]->howto
1490 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1491 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1492 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1493 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1494 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1495 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1496 relocs[2]->howto
1497 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1498 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1499 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1500 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1501 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1502 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1503 relocs[3]->howto
1504 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1505 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1506 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1507 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1508 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1509 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1510 relocs[4]->howto
1511 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1512 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1513 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1514 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1515 goto done;
1516 case R_PCREL_CALL:
1517 case R_ABS_CALL:
1518 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1519 break;
1520
1521 case R_DLT_REL:
1522 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1523 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1524 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1525 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1526 (static link required).
1527
1528 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
1529
1530 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1531 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1532 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1533 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1534 break;
1535
1536 case R_N_MODE:
1537 case R_S_MODE:
1538 case R_D_MODE:
1539 case R_R_MODE:
1540 case R_FSEL:
1541 case R_LSEL:
1542 case R_RSEL:
1543 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1544 case R_END_BRTAB:
1545 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1546 case R_N0SEL:
1547 case R_N1SEL:
1548 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
1549 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1550 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1551 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1552 break;
1553
1554 case R_END_TRY:
1555 case R_ENTRY:
1556 case R_EXIT:
1557 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
1558 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1559 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1560 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1561 break;
1562
1563 default:
1564 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1565 }
1566 }
1567
1568 done:
1569 #endif
1570
1571 return relocs;
1572 }
1573
1574 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
1575
1576 void
1577 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1578 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1579 fragS *fragP)
1580 {
1581 unsigned int address;
1582
1583 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1584 {
1585 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1586 {
1587 case 0:
1588 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1589 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1590 know (fragP->fr_next);
1591 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1592 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1593 {
1594 fragP->fr_offset =
1595 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1596 - fragP->fr_address
1597 - fragP->fr_fix;
1598 }
1599 else
1600 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1601 break;
1602 }
1603 }
1604 }
1605
1606 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
1607
1608 valueT
1609 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1610 {
1611 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
1612 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
1613
1614 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
1618
1619 int
1620 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1621 {
1622 int size;
1623
1624 size = 0;
1625
1626 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1627 size++;
1628
1629 return size;
1630 }
1631 \f
1632 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1633 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1634 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1635 # else
1636 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1637 # endif
1638 #else
1639 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1640 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1641 # else
1642 const char *md_shortopts = "";
1643 # endif
1644 #endif
1645
1646 struct option md_longopts[] =
1647 {
1648 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1649 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1650 #endif
1651 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1652 };
1653 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
1654
1655 int
1656 md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1657 {
1658 switch (c)
1659 {
1660 default:
1661 return 0;
1662
1663 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1664 case 'V':
1665 print_version_id ();
1666 break;
1667 #endif
1668 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1669 case 'c':
1670 warn_comment = 1;
1671 break;
1672 #endif
1673 }
1674
1675 return 1;
1676 }
1677
1678 void
1679 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1680 {
1681 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1682 fprintf (stream, _("\
1683 -Q ignored\n"));
1684 #endif
1685 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1686 fprintf (stream, _("\
1687 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1688 #endif
1689 }
1690 \f
1691 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
1692
1693 symbolS *
1694 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1695 {
1696 return NULL;
1697 }
1698
1699 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1700 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1701 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1702 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1703 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1704 #else
1705 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1706 #endif
1707
1708 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
1709
1710 void
1711 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1712 {
1713 char *fixpos;
1714 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1715 offsetT new_val;
1716 int insn, val, fmt;
1717
1718 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1719 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
1720 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
1721 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1722 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1723 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1724 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1725 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1726 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1727 return;
1728
1729 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1730 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1731 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
1732 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1733 {
1734 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1735 return;
1736 }
1737 #endif
1738 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1739 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1740 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1741 return;
1742 #endif
1743
1744 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1745 fixP->fx_done = 1;
1746
1747 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
1748 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1749 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1750 {
1751 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1752 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1753 fixP->fx_r_type);
1754 return;
1755 }
1756
1757 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
1758
1759 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1760 {
1761 /* Handle constant output. */
1762 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1763 return;
1764 }
1765
1766 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1767 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
1768
1769 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1770 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1771 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1772 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
1773 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1774 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1775 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1776 && fmt != 32
1777 #endif
1778 )
1779 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1780 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1781 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
1782 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1783 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1784 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1785 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1786 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1787 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1788 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1789 #endif
1790 else
1791 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1792
1793 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
1794 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1795 && fixP->fx_addsy
1796 && fixP->fx_pcrel
1797 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1798 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1799 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1800 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1801 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1802 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1803 #endif
1804 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1805 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1806 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1807 #endif
1808 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1809 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1810 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1811 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1812 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1813 {
1814 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1815 }
1816
1817 switch (fmt)
1818 {
1819 case 10:
1820 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1821 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1822 val = new_val;
1823
1824 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1825 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1826 break;
1827 case -11:
1828 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1829 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1830 val = new_val;
1831
1832 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1833 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1834 break;
1835 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
1836 case 14:
1837 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1838 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1839 val = new_val;
1840
1841 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1842 break;
1843
1844 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
1845 case 21:
1846 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1847 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1848 val = new_val;
1849
1850 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1851 break;
1852
1853 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
1854 case 11:
1855 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1856 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1857 val = new_val;
1858
1859 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1860 break;
1861
1862 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
1863 case 12:
1864 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1865 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1866 val = new_val - 8;
1867
1868 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1869 break;
1870
1871 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
1872 case 17:
1873 {
1874 offsetT distance = * valP;
1875
1876 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1877 range target, then we want to complain. */
1878 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1879 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1880 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1881 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1882
1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1885 val = new_val - 8;
1886
1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1888 break;
1889 }
1890
1891 case 22:
1892 {
1893 offsetT distance = * valP;
1894
1895 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1896 range target, then we want to complain. */
1897 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1898 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1899 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1900 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1901
1902 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1903 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1904 val = new_val - 8;
1905
1906 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1907 break;
1908 }
1909
1910 case -10:
1911 val = new_val;
1912 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1913 break;
1914
1915 case -16:
1916 val = new_val;
1917 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1918 break;
1919
1920 case 16:
1921 val = new_val;
1922 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1923 break;
1924
1925 case 32:
1926 insn = new_val;
1927 break;
1928
1929 default:
1930 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1931 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1932 return;
1933 }
1934
1935 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1936 switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1937 {
1938 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1939 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1940 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1941 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1942 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1943 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1944 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
1945 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
1946 if (fixP->fx_addsy)
1947 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
1948 break;
1949 default:
1950 break;
1951 }
1952 #endif
1953
1954 /* Insert the relocation. */
1955 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
1956 }
1957
1958 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
1959 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
1960
1961 long
1962 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
1963 {
1964 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
1965 }
1966
1967 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
1968 a statement. */
1969
1970 static int
1971 is_end_of_statement (void)
1972 {
1973 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
1974 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
1975 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
1976 }
1977
1978 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
1979
1980 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
1981 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
1982
1983 static int
1984 reg_name_search (char *name)
1985 {
1986 int middle, low, high;
1987 int cmp;
1988
1989 low = 0;
1990 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
1991
1992 do
1993 {
1994 middle = (low + high) / 2;
1995 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
1996 if (cmp < 0)
1997 high = middle - 1;
1998 else if (cmp > 0)
1999 low = middle + 1;
2000 else
2001 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2002 }
2003 while (low <= high);
2004
2005 return -1;
2006 }
2007
2008 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
2009 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2010 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
2011
2012 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
2013 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
2014 returned in `pa_number'.
2015
2016 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2017 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2018 not set.
2019
2020 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2021 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
2022
2023 static int
2024 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2025 {
2026 int num;
2027 char *name;
2028 char c;
2029 symbolS *sym;
2030 int status;
2031 char *p = *s;
2032 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
2033
2034 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
2035 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2036 p = p + 1;
2037
2038 pa_number = -1;
2039 have_prefix = 0;
2040 num = 0;
2041 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2042 {
2043 /* Looks like a number. */
2044
2045 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2046 {
2047 /* The number is specified in hex. */
2048 p += 2;
2049 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2050 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2051 {
2052 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2053 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2054 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2055 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2056 else
2057 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2058 ++p;
2059 }
2060 }
2061 else
2062 {
2063 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
2064 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2065 {
2066 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2067 ++p;
2068 }
2069 }
2070
2071 pa_number = num;
2072
2073 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
2074 if (is_float)
2075 {
2076 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2077 if (! (is_float & 2))
2078 {
2079 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2080 {
2081 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2082 ++p;
2083 }
2084 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2085 {
2086 ++p;
2087 }
2088 }
2089 }
2090 }
2091 else if (*p == '%')
2092 {
2093 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
2094 have_prefix = 1;
2095 name = p;
2096 p++;
2097 c = *p;
2098 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
2099 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2100 slow. */
2101 if (c == 'r')
2102 {
2103 p++;
2104 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2105 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2106 {
2107 p += 2;
2108 num = *p - '0' + 28;
2109 p++;
2110 }
2111 else if (*p == 'p')
2112 {
2113 num = 2;
2114 p++;
2115 }
2116 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2117 {
2118 if (print_errors)
2119 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2120 num = -1;
2121 }
2122 else
2123 {
2124 do
2125 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2126 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2127 }
2128 }
2129 else
2130 {
2131 /* Do a normal register search. */
2132 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2133 {
2134 p = p + 1;
2135 c = *p;
2136 }
2137 *p = 0;
2138 status = reg_name_search (name);
2139 if (status >= 0)
2140 num = status;
2141 else
2142 {
2143 if (print_errors)
2144 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2145 num = -1;
2146 }
2147 *p = c;
2148 }
2149
2150 pa_number = num;
2151 }
2152 else
2153 {
2154 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
2155 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
2156 name = p;
2157 c = *p;
2158 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2159 {
2160 p = p + 1;
2161 c = *p;
2162 }
2163 *p = 0;
2164 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2165 {
2166 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2167 {
2168 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2169 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2170 register, so... */
2171 have_prefix = TRUE;
2172 }
2173 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bfd_abs_section_ptr)
2174 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2175 else if (!strict)
2176 {
2177 if (print_errors)
2178 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2179 num = -1;
2180 }
2181 }
2182 else if (!strict)
2183 {
2184 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2185 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
2186 will return zero. That's a concession made for
2187 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
2188 if (*name == 0)
2189 num = 0;
2190 else
2191 {
2192 if (print_errors)
2193 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2194 num = -1;
2195 }
2196 }
2197 *p = c;
2198
2199 pa_number = num;
2200 }
2201
2202 if (!strict || have_prefix)
2203 {
2204 *s = p;
2205 return 1;
2206 }
2207 return 0;
2208 }
2209
2210 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2211 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
2212
2213 static int
2214 need_pa11_opcode (void)
2215 {
2216 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2217 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2218 {
2219 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2220 then set a new architecture. */
2221 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2222 {
2223 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2224 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2225 }
2226 return TRUE;
2227 }
2228 else
2229 return FALSE;
2230 }
2231
2232 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
2233 code associated with the condition. */
2234
2235 static int
2236 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2237 {
2238 int cond, i;
2239
2240 cond = 0;
2241
2242 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2243 {
2244 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2245 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2246 {
2247 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2248 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2249 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2250 report an error. */
2251 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2252 {
2253 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2254 break;
2255 }
2256 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2257 *s = *s + 1;
2258 return cond;
2259 }
2260 }
2261
2262 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
2263
2264 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
2265 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2266 *s += 1;
2267
2268 return 0;
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
2272
2273 static int
2274 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2275 {
2276 int value;
2277
2278 value = 0;
2279 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2280 {
2281 value = 5;
2282 *s += 4;
2283 }
2284 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2285 {
2286 value = 9;
2287 *s += 4;
2288 }
2289 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2290 {
2291 value = 13;
2292 *s += 4;
2293 }
2294 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2295 {
2296 value = 17;
2297 *s += 4;
2298 }
2299 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2300 {
2301 value = 1;
2302 *s += 3;
2303 }
2304 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2305 {
2306 value = 6;
2307 *s += 4;
2308 }
2309 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2310 {
2311 value = 2;
2312 *s += 3;
2313 }
2314 else
2315 {
2316 value = 0;
2317 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2318 }
2319
2320 return value;
2321 }
2322
2323 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2324 type. */
2325
2326 static fp_operand_format
2327 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2328 {
2329 int format;
2330
2331 format = SGL;
2332 if (**s == ',')
2333 {
2334 *s += 1;
2335 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2336 {
2337 format = SGL;
2338 *s += 4;
2339 }
2340 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2341 {
2342 format = DBL;
2343 *s += 4;
2344 }
2345 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2346 {
2347 format = QUAD;
2348 *s += 5;
2349 }
2350 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2351 {
2352 format = W;
2353 *s += 2;
2354 }
2355 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2356 {
2357 format = UW;
2358 *s += 3;
2359 }
2360 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2361 {
2362 format = DW;
2363 *s += 3;
2364 }
2365 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2366 {
2367 format = UDW;
2368 *s += 4;
2369 }
2370 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2371 {
2372 format = QW;
2373 *s += 3;
2374 }
2375 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2376 {
2377 format = UQW;
2378 *s += 4;
2379 }
2380 else
2381 {
2382 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2383 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2384 }
2385 }
2386
2387 return format;
2388 }
2389
2390 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2391 type. */
2392
2393 static fp_operand_format
2394 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2395 {
2396 int format;
2397
2398 format = SGL;
2399 if (**s == ',')
2400 {
2401 *s += 1;
2402 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2403 {
2404 format = SGL;
2405 *s += 4;
2406 }
2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2408 {
2409 format = DBL;
2410 *s += 4;
2411 }
2412 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2413 {
2414 format = QUAD;
2415 *s += 5;
2416 }
2417 else
2418 {
2419 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2420 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2421 }
2422 }
2423
2424 return format;
2425 }
2426
2427 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
2428
2429 static int
2430 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2431 {
2432 int middle, low, high;
2433 int cmp;
2434 char name[4];
2435
2436 /* Read past any whitespace. */
2437 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
2438 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
2439 *str = *str + 1;
2440
2441 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
2442 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2443 name[1] = 0;
2444 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
2445 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2446 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2447 name[2] = 0;
2448 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
2449 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2450 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2451 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
2452 name[3] = 0;
2453 else
2454 return e_fsel;
2455
2456 low = 0;
2457 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
2458
2459 do
2460 {
2461 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2462 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2463 if (cmp < 0)
2464 high = middle - 1;
2465 else if (cmp > 0)
2466 low = middle + 1;
2467 else
2468 {
2469 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2470 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
2471 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2472 return e_fsel;
2473 #endif
2474 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2475 }
2476 }
2477 while (low <= high);
2478
2479 return e_fsel;
2480 }
2481
2482 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
2483 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
2484
2485 int
2486 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2487 {
2488 int hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2489 expression (exp);
2490 return hppa_field_selector;
2491 }
2492
2493 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2494 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
2495 static int
2496 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2497 {
2498 offsetT value;
2499 expressionS exp;
2500 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
2501
2502 exp = insn->exp;
2503 value = exp.X_add_number;
2504
2505 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2506 }
2507
2508 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
2509
2510 static int
2511 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2512 {
2513 char *save_in;
2514
2515 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2516 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2517 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2518 expression (&insn->exp);
2519 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2520 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2521 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2522 {
2523 /* We have a non-match in strict mode. */
2524 if (!strict)
2525 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2526 return 0;
2527 }
2528 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2529 }
2530
2531 /* Get an absolute number. The input string is terminated at the
2532 first whitespace character. */
2533
2534 static int
2535 pa_get_number (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2536 {
2537 char *save_in;
2538 char *s, c;
2539 int result;
2540
2541 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2542 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2543
2544 /* The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
2545 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
2546 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? This situation occurs for example in the
2547 coprocessor load and store instructions. Previously, calling
2548 pa_get_absolute_expression directly results in r5 being entered
2549 in the symbol table.
2550
2551 So, when looking for an absolute number, we cut off the input string
2552 at the first whitespace character. Thus, expressions should generally
2553 contain no whitespace. */
2554
2555 s = *strp;
2556 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2557 s++;
2558
2559 c = *s;
2560 *s = 0;
2561
2562 result = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
2563
2564 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2565 *s = c;
2566 return result;
2567 }
2568
2569 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2570 argument location number. */
2571
2572 static unsigned int
2573 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2574 {
2575
2576 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2577 return 0;
2578 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2579 return 1;
2580 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2581 return 2;
2582 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2583 return 3;
2584 else
2585 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
2586
2587 return 0;
2588 }
2589
2590 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2591 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
2592
2593 static unsigned int
2594 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2595 {
2596 unsigned int new_reloc;
2597
2598 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2599 switch (reg)
2600 {
2601 case 0:
2602 new_reloc <<= 8;
2603 break;
2604 case 1:
2605 new_reloc <<= 6;
2606 break;
2607 case 2:
2608 new_reloc <<= 4;
2609 break;
2610 case 3:
2611 new_reloc <<= 2;
2612 break;
2613 default:
2614 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2615 }
2616
2617 return new_reloc;
2618 }
2619
2620 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2621 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2622
2623 static int
2624 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2625 {
2626 int cmpltr;
2627 char *name = *s + 1;
2628 char c;
2629 char *save_s = *s;
2630 int nullify = 0;
2631
2632 cmpltr = 0;
2633 if (**s == ',')
2634 {
2635 *s += 1;
2636 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2637 *s += 1;
2638 c = **s;
2639 **s = 0x00;
2640
2641 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2642 {
2643 cmpltr = 1;
2644 }
2645 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2646 {
2647 cmpltr = 2;
2648 }
2649 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2650 {
2651 cmpltr = 3;
2652 }
2653 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2654 {
2655 cmpltr = 4;
2656 }
2657 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2658 {
2659 cmpltr = 5;
2660 }
2661 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2662 {
2663 cmpltr = 6;
2664 }
2665 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2666 {
2667 cmpltr = 7;
2668 }
2669 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2670 completer. */
2671 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2672 {
2673 cmpltr = 0;
2674 nullify = 1;
2675 }
2676 else
2677 {
2678 cmpltr = -1;
2679 }
2680 **s = c;
2681 }
2682
2683 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2684 if (nullify)
2685 *s = save_s;
2686
2687 return cmpltr;
2688 }
2689
2690 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2691 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2692
2693 static int
2694 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2695 {
2696 int cmpltr;
2697 char *name = *s + 1;
2698 char c;
2699 char *save_s = *s;
2700 int nullify = 0;
2701
2702 cmpltr = 0;
2703 if (**s == ',')
2704 {
2705 *s += 1;
2706 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2707 *s += 1;
2708 c = **s;
2709 **s = 0x00;
2710
2711 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2712 {
2713 cmpltr = 0;
2714 }
2715 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2716 {
2717 cmpltr = 1;
2718 }
2719 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2720 {
2721 cmpltr = 2;
2722 }
2723 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2724 {
2725 cmpltr = 3;
2726 }
2727 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2728 {
2729 cmpltr = 4;
2730 }
2731 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2732 {
2733 cmpltr = 5;
2734 }
2735 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2736 {
2737 cmpltr = 6;
2738 }
2739 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2740 {
2741 cmpltr = 7;
2742 }
2743 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2744 completer. */
2745 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2746 {
2747 cmpltr = 0;
2748 nullify = 1;
2749 }
2750 else
2751 {
2752 cmpltr = -1;
2753 }
2754 **s = c;
2755 }
2756
2757 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2758 if (nullify)
2759 *s = save_s;
2760
2761 return cmpltr;
2762 }
2763
2764 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2765 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
2766
2767 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2768 returned as 8-15. */
2769
2770 static int
2771 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2772 {
2773 int cmpltr;
2774 char *name = *s + 1;
2775 char c;
2776
2777 cmpltr = -1;
2778 if (**s == ',')
2779 {
2780 *s += 1;
2781 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2782 *s += 1;
2783 c = **s;
2784 **s = 0x00;
2785
2786 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2787 {
2788 cmpltr = 0;
2789 }
2790 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2791 {
2792 cmpltr = 1;
2793 }
2794 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2795 {
2796 cmpltr = 2;
2797 }
2798 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2799 {
2800 cmpltr = 3;
2801 }
2802 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2803 {
2804 cmpltr = 4;
2805 }
2806 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2807 {
2808 cmpltr = 5;
2809 }
2810 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2811 {
2812 cmpltr = 6;
2813 }
2814 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2815 {
2816 cmpltr = 7;
2817 }
2818 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2819 {
2820 cmpltr = 8;
2821 }
2822 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2823 {
2824 cmpltr = 9;
2825 }
2826 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2827 {
2828 cmpltr = 10;
2829 }
2830 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2831 {
2832 cmpltr = 11;
2833 }
2834 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2835 {
2836 cmpltr = 12;
2837 }
2838 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2839 {
2840 cmpltr = 13;
2841 }
2842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2843 {
2844 cmpltr = 14;
2845 }
2846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2847 {
2848 cmpltr = 15;
2849 }
2850 else
2851 {
2852 cmpltr = -1;
2853 }
2854 **s = c;
2855 }
2856
2857 return cmpltr;
2858 }
2859
2860 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2861 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2862
2863 static int
2864 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2865 {
2866 int cmpltr;
2867 char *name = *s + 1;
2868 char c;
2869
2870 cmpltr = -1;
2871 if (**s == ',')
2872 {
2873 *s += 1;
2874 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2875 *s += 1;
2876 c = **s;
2877 **s = 0x00;
2878
2879 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2880 {
2881 cmpltr = 0;
2882 }
2883 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2884 {
2885 cmpltr = 1;
2886 }
2887 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2888 {
2889 cmpltr = 2;
2890 }
2891 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2892 {
2893 cmpltr = 3;
2894 }
2895 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2896 {
2897 cmpltr = 4;
2898 }
2899 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2900 {
2901 cmpltr = 5;
2902 }
2903 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2904 {
2905 cmpltr = 6;
2906 }
2907 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2908 {
2909 cmpltr = 7;
2910 }
2911 else
2912 {
2913 cmpltr = -1;
2914 }
2915 **s = c;
2916 }
2917
2918 return cmpltr;
2919 }
2920
2921 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2922 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2923
2924 static int
2925 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2926 {
2927 int cmpltr;
2928 char *name = *s + 1;
2929 char c;
2930 char *save_s = *s;
2931 int nullify = 0;
2932
2933 cmpltr = 0;
2934 if (**s == ',')
2935 {
2936 *s += 1;
2937 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2938 *s += 1;
2939 c = **s;
2940 **s = 0x00;
2941 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2942 {
2943 cmpltr = 1;
2944 }
2945 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2946 {
2947 cmpltr = 2;
2948 }
2949 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2950 {
2951 cmpltr = 3;
2952 }
2953 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2954 {
2955 cmpltr = 4;
2956 }
2957 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2958 {
2959 cmpltr = 5;
2960 }
2961 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2962 {
2963 cmpltr = 6;
2964 }
2965 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2966 {
2967 cmpltr = 7;
2968 }
2969 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2970 completer. */
2971 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2972 {
2973 cmpltr = 0;
2974 nullify = 1;
2975 }
2976 else
2977 {
2978 cmpltr = -1;
2979 }
2980 **s = c;
2981 }
2982
2983 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2984 if (nullify)
2985 *s = save_s;
2986
2987 return cmpltr;
2988 }
2989
2990 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
2991 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2992
2993 static int
2994 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2995 {
2996 int cmpltr;
2997 char *name = *s + 1;
2998 char c;
2999 char *save_s = *s;
3000 int nullify = 0;
3001
3002 cmpltr = 0;
3003 if (**s == ',')
3004 {
3005 *s += 1;
3006 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3007 *s += 1;
3008 c = **s;
3009 **s = 0x00;
3010 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3011 {
3012 cmpltr = 0;
3013 }
3014 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3015 {
3016 cmpltr = 1;
3017 }
3018 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3019 {
3020 cmpltr = 2;
3021 }
3022 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3023 {
3024 cmpltr = 3;
3025 }
3026 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3027 {
3028 cmpltr = 4;
3029 }
3030 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3031 {
3032 cmpltr = 5;
3033 }
3034 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3035 {
3036 cmpltr = 6;
3037 }
3038 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3039 {
3040 cmpltr = 7;
3041 }
3042 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3043 completer. */
3044 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3045 {
3046 cmpltr = 0;
3047 nullify = 1;
3048 }
3049 else
3050 {
3051 cmpltr = -1;
3052 }
3053 **s = c;
3054 }
3055
3056 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3057 if (nullify)
3058 *s = save_s;
3059
3060 return cmpltr;
3061 }
3062
3063 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3064 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3065
3066 static int
3067 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3068 {
3069 int cmpltr;
3070 char *name = *s + 1;
3071 char c;
3072 char *save_s = *s;
3073 int nullify = 0;
3074
3075 cmpltr = 0;
3076 if (**s == ',')
3077 {
3078 *s += 1;
3079 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3080 *s += 1;
3081 c = **s;
3082 **s = 0x00;
3083 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3084 {
3085 cmpltr = 1;
3086 }
3087 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3088 {
3089 cmpltr = 2;
3090 }
3091 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3092 {
3093 cmpltr = 3;
3094 }
3095 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3096 {
3097 cmpltr = 4;
3098 }
3099 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3100 {
3101 cmpltr = 5;
3102 }
3103 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3104 {
3105 cmpltr = 6;
3106 }
3107 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3108 {
3109 cmpltr = 7;
3110 }
3111 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3112 {
3113 cmpltr = 8;
3114 }
3115 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3116 {
3117 cmpltr = 9;
3118 }
3119 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3120 {
3121 cmpltr = 10;
3122 }
3123 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3124 {
3125 cmpltr = 11;
3126 }
3127 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3128 {
3129 cmpltr = 12;
3130 }
3131 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3132 {
3133 cmpltr = 13;
3134 }
3135 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3136 {
3137 cmpltr = 14;
3138 }
3139 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3140 {
3141 cmpltr = 15;
3142 }
3143 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3144 completer. */
3145 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3146 {
3147 cmpltr = 0;
3148 nullify = 1;
3149 }
3150 else
3151 {
3152 cmpltr = -1;
3153 }
3154 **s = c;
3155 }
3156
3157 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3158 if (nullify)
3159 *s = save_s;
3160
3161 return cmpltr;
3162 }
3163
3164 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
3165 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
3166
3167 static void
3168 pa_ip (char *str)
3169 {
3170 const char *error_message = "";
3171 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3172 const char *args;
3173 int match = FALSE;
3174 int comma = 0;
3175 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num;
3176 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
3177 unsigned long opcode;
3178 struct pa_opcode *insn;
3179
3180 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
3181 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
3182 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
3183 #endif
3184
3185 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3186 case. */
3187 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3188 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
3189
3190 /* Skip to something interesting. */
3191 for (s = str;
3192 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3193 ++s)
3194 ;
3195
3196 switch (*s)
3197 {
3198
3199 case '\0':
3200 break;
3201
3202 case ',':
3203 comma = 1;
3204
3205 /*FALLTHROUGH */
3206
3207 case ' ':
3208 *s++ = '\0';
3209 break;
3210
3211 default:
3212 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3213 return;
3214 }
3215
3216 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
3217 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
3218 {
3219 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3220 return;
3221 }
3222
3223 if (comma)
3224 *--s = ',';
3225
3226 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3227 start processing them. */
3228 argstart = s;
3229 for (;;)
3230 {
3231 /* Do some initialization. */
3232 opcode = insn->match;
3233 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3234 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
3235 need_cond = 1;
3236
3237 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
3238
3239 if (insn->arch >= pa20
3240 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3241 goto failed;
3242
3243 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
3244 sure that the operands match. */
3245 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3246 {
3247 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
3248 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3249 s++;
3250
3251 switch (*args)
3252 {
3253 /* End of arguments. */
3254 case '\0':
3255 if (*s == '\0')
3256 match = TRUE;
3257 break;
3258
3259 case '+':
3260 if (*s == '+')
3261 {
3262 ++s;
3263 continue;
3264 }
3265 if (*s == '-')
3266 continue;
3267 break;
3268
3269 /* These must match exactly. */
3270 case '(':
3271 case ')':
3272 case ',':
3273 case ' ':
3274 if (*s++ == *args)
3275 continue;
3276 break;
3277
3278 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
3279 case 'b':
3280 case '^':
3281 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3282 break;
3283 num = pa_number;
3284 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3285 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3286
3287 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
3288 is there. */
3289 case '!':
3290 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
3291 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3292 s = s + 1;
3293
3294 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
3295 {
3296 s += 4;
3297 continue;
3298 }
3299 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
3300 {
3301 s += 5;
3302 continue;
3303 }
3304 break;
3305
3306 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
3307 case 'x':
3308 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3309 break;
3310 num = pa_number;
3311 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3312 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3313
3314 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
3315 case 't':
3316 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3317 break;
3318 num = pa_number;
3319 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3320 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3321
3322 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
3323 case 'a':
3324 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3325 break;
3326 num = pa_number;
3327 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3328 opcode |= num << 16;
3329 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3330
3331 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
3332 case 'T':
3333 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3334 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3335 break;
3336 s = expr_end;
3337 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
3338 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
3339 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
3340
3341 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3342 case '5':
3343 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3344 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3345 break;
3346 s = expr_end;
3347 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3348 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3349 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3350 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3352
3353 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3354 case 'V':
3355 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3356 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3357 break;
3358 s = expr_end;
3359 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3360 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3361 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3362 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3363 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3364
3365 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3366 case 'r':
3367 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3368 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3369 break;
3370 s = expr_end;
3371 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3372 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3373
3374 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3375 case 'R':
3376 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3377 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3378 break;
3379 s = expr_end;
3380 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3381 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3382
3383 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
3384 case 'U':
3385 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3386 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3387 break;
3388 s = expr_end;
3389 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3390 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3391
3392 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
3393 case 's':
3394 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3395 break;
3396 num = pa_number;
3397 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3398 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
3399
3400 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
3401 case 'S':
3402 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3403 break;
3404 num = pa_number;
3405 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3406 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3407 continue;
3408
3409 /* Handle all completers. */
3410 case 'c':
3411 switch (*++args)
3412 {
3413
3414 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
3415 case 'X':
3416 case 'x':
3417 {
3418 int uu = 0;
3419 int m = 0;
3420 int i = 0;
3421 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3422 {
3423 s++;
3424 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3425 {
3426 uu = 1;
3427 m = 1;
3428 s++;
3429 i++;
3430 }
3431 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3432 m = 1;
3433 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3434 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3435 uu = 1;
3436 else if (strict)
3437 {
3438 /* This is a match failure. */
3439 s--;
3440 break;
3441 }
3442 else
3443 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3444 s++;
3445 i++;
3446 }
3447 if (i > 2)
3448 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3449 opcode |= m << 5;
3450 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3451 }
3452
3453 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
3454 case 'M':
3455 case 'm':
3456 case 'q':
3457 case 'J':
3458 case 'e':
3459 {
3460 int a = 0;
3461 int m = 0;
3462 if (*s == ',')
3463 {
3464 s++;
3465 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3466 {
3467 a = 0;
3468 m = 1;
3469 s += 2;
3470 }
3471 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3472 {
3473 a = 1;
3474 m = 1;
3475 s += 2;
3476 }
3477 else if (strict)
3478 /* This is a match failure. */
3479 s--;
3480 else
3481 {
3482 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3483 s += 2;
3484 }
3485 }
3486 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3487 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
3488 else if (*args == 'e')
3489 break;
3490
3491 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3492 encode the before/after field. */
3493 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3494 {
3495 opcode |= m << 5;
3496 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3497 }
3498 else if (*args == 'q')
3499 {
3500 opcode |= m << 3;
3501 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3502 }
3503 else if (*args == 'J')
3504 {
3505 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
3506 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3507 }
3508 else if (*args == 'e')
3509 {
3510 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3511 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
3512 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
3513 opcode |= a;
3514 continue;
3515 }
3516 }
3517
3518 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
3519 case 'A':
3520 case 's':
3521 {
3522 int a = 0;
3523 int m = 0;
3524 int i = 0;
3525 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3526 {
3527 s++;
3528 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3529 m = 1;
3530 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3531 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3532 a = 0;
3533 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3534 a = 1;
3535 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
3536 else if (strict)
3537 {
3538 s--;
3539 break;
3540 }
3541 else
3542 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3543 s++;
3544 i++;
3545 }
3546 if (i > 2)
3547 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3548 opcode |= m << 5;
3549 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3550 }
3551
3552 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
3553 case 'c':
3554 cmpltr = 0;
3555 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3556 {
3557 s += 3;
3558 cmpltr = 2;
3559 }
3560 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3561
3562 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
3563 case 'C':
3564 cmpltr = 0;
3565 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3566 {
3567 s += 3;
3568 cmpltr = 2;
3569 }
3570 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
3571 {
3572 s += 3;
3573 cmpltr = 1;
3574 }
3575 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3576
3577 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
3578 case 'd':
3579 cmpltr = 0;
3580 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
3581 {
3582 s += 3;
3583 cmpltr = 1;
3584 }
3585 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3586
3587 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
3588 case 'o':
3589 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
3590 break;
3591 s += 2;
3592 continue;
3593
3594 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
3595 case 'g':
3596 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3597 break;
3598 s += 5;
3599 continue;
3600
3601 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
3602 case 'p':
3603 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3604 break;
3605 s += 7;
3606 continue;
3607
3608 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
3609 case 'l':
3610 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3611 break;
3612 s += 2;
3613 continue;
3614
3615 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
3616 case 'P':
3617 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3618 break;
3619 s += 4;
3620 continue;
3621
3622 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
3623 case 'L':
3624 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3625 break;
3626 s += 2;
3627 continue;
3628
3629 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
3630 case 'w':
3631 flag = 0;
3632 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3633 {
3634 flag = 1;
3635 s += 2;
3636 }
3637 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3638 {
3639 flag = 0;
3640 s += 2;
3641 }
3642
3643 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3644
3645 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
3646 case 'W':
3647 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3648 break;
3649 s += 2;
3650 continue;
3651
3652 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
3653 case 'r':
3654 flag = 0;
3655 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3656 {
3657 flag = 5;
3658 s += 2;
3659 }
3660
3661 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3662
3663 /* Handle a system control completer. */
3664 case 'Z':
3665 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3666 {
3667 flag = 1;
3668 s += 2;
3669 }
3670 else
3671 flag = 0;
3672
3673 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3674
3675 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
3676 case 'i':
3677 flag = 0;
3678 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3679 {
3680 flag = 1;
3681 s += 2;
3682 }
3683
3684 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3685
3686 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
3687 case 'z':
3688 flag = 1;
3689 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3690 {
3691 flag = 0;
3692 s += 2;
3693 }
3694
3695 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3696
3697 /* Handle add completer. */
3698 case 'a':
3699 flag = 1;
3700 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3701 {
3702 flag = 2;
3703 s += 2;
3704 }
3705 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3706 {
3707 flag = 3;
3708 s += 4;
3709 }
3710
3711 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3712
3713 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
3714 case 'Y':
3715 flag = 0;
3716 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3717 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3718 {
3719 flag = 1;
3720 s += 7;
3721 }
3722 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3723 {
3724 flag = 0;
3725 s += 3;
3726 }
3727 else
3728 break;
3729
3730 /* Condition is not required with "dc". */
3731 need_cond = 0;
3732 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3733
3734 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
3735 case 'y':
3736 flag = 0;
3737 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3738 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3739 {
3740 flag = 1;
3741 s += 6;
3742 }
3743 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3744 {
3745 flag = 0;
3746 s += 2;
3747 }
3748 else
3749 break;
3750
3751 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3752
3753 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
3754 case 'v':
3755 flag = 0;
3756 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3757 {
3758 flag = 1;
3759 s += 4;
3760 }
3761
3762 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3763
3764 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
3765 case 't':
3766 flag = 0;
3767 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3768 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3769 {
3770 flag = 1;
3771 s += 7;
3772 }
3773 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3774 {
3775 flag = 0;
3776 s += 3;
3777 }
3778 else
3779 break;
3780
3781 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3782
3783 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
3784 case 'B':
3785 flag = 0;
3786 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3787 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3788 {
3789 flag = 1;
3790 s += 7;
3791 }
3792 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3793 {
3794 flag = 0;
3795 s += 3;
3796 }
3797 else
3798 break;
3799
3800 /* Condition is not required with "db". */
3801 need_cond = 0;
3802 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3803
3804 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
3805 case 'b':
3806 flag = 0;
3807 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3808 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3809 {
3810 flag = 1;
3811 s += 6;
3812 }
3813 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3814 {
3815 flag = 0;
3816 s += 2;
3817 }
3818 else
3819 break;
3820
3821 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3822
3823 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
3824 case 'T':
3825 flag = 0;
3826 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3827 {
3828 flag = 1;
3829 s += 3;
3830 }
3831
3832 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3833
3834 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
3835 case 'S':
3836 {
3837 int sign = 1;
3838 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3839 {
3840 sign = 1;
3841 s += 2;
3842 }
3843 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3844 {
3845 sign = 0;
3846 s += 2;
3847 }
3848
3849 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3850 }
3851
3852 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
3853 case 'h':
3854 if (*s++ == ',')
3855 {
3856 int lr = 0;
3857 if (*s == 'r')
3858 lr = 2;
3859 else if (*s == 'l')
3860 lr = 0;
3861 else
3862 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3863
3864 s++;
3865 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3866 }
3867 else
3868 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3869 break;
3870
3871 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
3872 case 'H':
3873 {
3874 int sat = 3;
3875 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3876 {
3877 sat = 1;
3878 s += 3;
3879 }
3880 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3881 {
3882 sat = 0;
3883 s += 3;
3884 }
3885
3886 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3887 }
3888
3889 /* Handle permutation completer. */
3890 case '*':
3891 if (*s++ == ',')
3892 {
3893 int permloc[4];
3894 int perm = 0;
3895 int i = 0;
3896 permloc[0] = 13;
3897 permloc[1] = 10;
3898 permloc[2] = 8;
3899 permloc[3] = 6;
3900 for (; i < 4; i++)
3901 {
3902 switch (*s++)
3903 {
3904 case '0':
3905 perm = 0;
3906 break;
3907 case '1':
3908 perm = 1;
3909 break;
3910 case '2':
3911 perm = 2;
3912 break;
3913 case '3':
3914 perm = 3;
3915 break;
3916 default:
3917 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3918 }
3919 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3920 }
3921 continue;
3922 }
3923 else
3924 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3925 break;
3926
3927 default:
3928 abort ();
3929 }
3930 break;
3931
3932 /* Handle all conditions. */
3933 case '?':
3934 {
3935 args++;
3936 switch (*args)
3937 {
3938 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
3939 case 'f':
3940 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3941 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
3942
3943 /* Handle an add condition. */
3944 case 'A':
3945 case 'a':
3946 cmpltr = 0;
3947 flag = 0;
3948 if (*s == ',')
3949 {
3950 s++;
3951
3952 /* 64 bit conditions. */
3953 if (*args == 'A')
3954 {
3955 if (*s == '*')
3956 s++;
3957 else
3958 break;
3959 }
3960 else if (*s == '*')
3961 break;
3962
3963 name = s;
3964 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
3965 s += 1;
3966 c = *s;
3967 *s = 0x00;
3968 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3969 cmpltr = 1;
3970 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3971 cmpltr = 2;
3972 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3973 cmpltr = 3;
3974 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3975 cmpltr = 4;
3976 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
3977 cmpltr = 5;
3978 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
3979 cmpltr = 6;
3980 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
3981 cmpltr = 7;
3982 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3983 {
3984 cmpltr = 0;
3985 flag = 1;
3986 }
3987 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3988 {
3989 cmpltr = 1;
3990 flag = 1;
3991 }
3992 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3993 {
3994 cmpltr = 2;
3995 flag = 1;
3996 }
3997 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3998 {
3999 cmpltr = 3;
4000 flag = 1;
4001 }
4002 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4003 {
4004 cmpltr = 4;
4005 flag = 1;
4006 }
4007 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4008 {
4009 cmpltr = 5;
4010 flag = 1;
4011 }
4012 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4013 {
4014 cmpltr = 6;
4015 flag = 1;
4016 }
4017 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4018 {
4019 cmpltr = 7;
4020 flag = 1;
4021 }
4022 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4023 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4024 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4025 *s = c;
4026 }
4027 /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with
4028 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
4029 else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond)
4030 break;
4031
4032 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4033 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4034
4035 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
4036 case 'd':
4037 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4038 if (cmpltr < 0)
4039 {
4040 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4041 cmpltr = 0;
4042 }
4043 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4044
4045 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
4046 case 'W':
4047 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4048 if (cmpltr < 0)
4049 {
4050 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4051 cmpltr = 0;
4052 }
4053 else
4054 {
4055 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4056 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4057 }
4058 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4059
4060 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4061 condition. */
4062 case '@':
4063 save_s = s;
4064 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4065 if (cmpltr < 0)
4066 {
4067 s = save_s;
4068 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4069 if (cmpltr < 0)
4070 {
4071 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4072 cmpltr = 0;
4073 }
4074 else
4075 {
4076 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4077 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4078 }
4079 }
4080 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4081
4082 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
4083 case 'B':
4084 case 'b':
4085 cmpltr = 0;
4086 if (*s == ',')
4087 {
4088 s++;
4089
4090 if (*args == 'B')
4091 {
4092 if (*s == '*')
4093 s++;
4094 else
4095 break;
4096 }
4097 else if (*s == '*')
4098 break;
4099
4100 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
4101 {
4102 cmpltr = 0;
4103 s++;
4104 }
4105 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
4106 {
4107 cmpltr = 1;
4108 s += 2;
4109 }
4110 else
4111 as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s);
4112 }
4113 else
4114 as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition"));
4115
4116 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
4117
4118 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
4119 case 'S':
4120 case 's':
4121 cmpltr = 0;
4122 flag = 0;
4123 if (*s == ',')
4124 {
4125 s++;
4126
4127 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4128 if (*args == 'S')
4129 {
4130 if (*s == '*')
4131 s++;
4132 else
4133 break;
4134 }
4135 else if (*s == '*')
4136 break;
4137
4138 name = s;
4139 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4140 s += 1;
4141 c = *s;
4142 *s = 0x00;
4143 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4144 cmpltr = 1;
4145 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4146 cmpltr = 2;
4147 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4148 cmpltr = 3;
4149 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4150 cmpltr = 4;
4151 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4152 cmpltr = 5;
4153 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4154 cmpltr = 6;
4155 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4156 cmpltr = 7;
4157 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4158 {
4159 cmpltr = 0;
4160 flag = 1;
4161 }
4162 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4163 {
4164 cmpltr = 1;
4165 flag = 1;
4166 }
4167 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4168 {
4169 cmpltr = 2;
4170 flag = 1;
4171 }
4172 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4173 {
4174 cmpltr = 3;
4175 flag = 1;
4176 }
4177 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4178 {
4179 cmpltr = 4;
4180 flag = 1;
4181 }
4182 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4183 {
4184 cmpltr = 5;
4185 flag = 1;
4186 }
4187 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4188 {
4189 cmpltr = 6;
4190 flag = 1;
4191 }
4192 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4193 {
4194 cmpltr = 7;
4195 flag = 1;
4196 }
4197 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4198 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4199 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4200 name);
4201 *s = c;
4202 }
4203 /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with
4204 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */
4205 else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond)
4206 break;
4207
4208 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4209 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4210
4211 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
4212 case 't':
4213 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4214 if (cmpltr < 0)
4215 {
4216 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4217 cmpltr = 0;
4218 }
4219 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4220
4221 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
4222 case 'n':
4223 save_s = s;
4224 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4225 if (cmpltr < 0)
4226 {
4227 s = save_s;
4228 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4229 if (cmpltr < 0)
4230 {
4231 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4232 cmpltr = 0;
4233 }
4234 else
4235 {
4236 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4237 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4238 }
4239 }
4240
4241 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4242
4243 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
4244 case 'N':
4245 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4246 if (cmpltr >= 0)
4247 {
4248 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4249 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4250 }
4251 else
4252 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4253 break;
4254
4255 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4256
4257 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
4258 case 'Q':
4259 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4260 if (cmpltr < 0)
4261 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4262 break;
4263
4264 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4265
4266 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
4267 case 'L':
4268 case 'l':
4269 cmpltr = 0;
4270 flag = 0;
4271 if (*s == ',')
4272 {
4273 s++;
4274
4275 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4276 if (*args == 'L')
4277 {
4278 if (*s == '*')
4279 s++;
4280 else
4281 break;
4282 }
4283 else if (*s == '*')
4284 break;
4285
4286 name = s;
4287 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4288 s += 1;
4289 c = *s;
4290 *s = 0x00;
4291
4292 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4293 cmpltr = 1;
4294 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4295 cmpltr = 2;
4296 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4297 cmpltr = 3;
4298 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4299 cmpltr = 7;
4300 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4301 {
4302 cmpltr = 0;
4303 flag = 1;
4304 }
4305 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4306 {
4307 cmpltr = 1;
4308 flag = 1;
4309 }
4310 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4311 {
4312 cmpltr = 2;
4313 flag = 1;
4314 }
4315 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4316 {
4317 cmpltr = 3;
4318 flag = 1;
4319 }
4320 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4321 {
4322 cmpltr = 7;
4323 flag = 1;
4324 }
4325 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4326 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4327 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4328 *s = c;
4329 }
4330 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
4331 else if (*args == 'L')
4332 break;
4333
4334 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4335 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4336
4337 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
4338 case 'X':
4339 case 'x':
4340 case 'y':
4341 cmpltr = 0;
4342 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
4343 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
4344 immediate_check = 1;
4345 if (*s == ',')
4346 {
4347 save_s = s++;
4348
4349 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4350 if (*args == 'X')
4351 {
4352 if (*s == '*')
4353 s++;
4354 else
4355 break;
4356 }
4357 else if (*s == '*')
4358 break;
4359
4360 name = s;
4361 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4362 s += 1;
4363 c = *s;
4364 *s = 0x00;
4365 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4366 cmpltr = 1;
4367 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4368 cmpltr = 2;
4369 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4370 cmpltr = 3;
4371 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4372 cmpltr = 4;
4373 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4374 cmpltr = 5;
4375 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4376 cmpltr = 6;
4377 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4378 cmpltr = 7;
4379 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
4380 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
4381 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4382 {
4383 *s = c;
4384 s = save_s;
4385 continue;
4386 }
4387 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4388 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4389 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4390 *s = c;
4391 }
4392
4393 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4394
4395 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
4396 case 'U':
4397 case 'u':
4398 cmpltr = 0;
4399 flag = 0;
4400 if (*s == ',')
4401 {
4402 int uxor;
4403 s++;
4404
4405 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4406 if (*args == 'U')
4407 {
4408 if (*s == '*')
4409 s++;
4410 else
4411 break;
4412 }
4413 else if (*s == '*')
4414 break;
4415
4416 /* The uxor instruction only supports unit conditions
4417 not involving carries. */
4418 uxor = (opcode & 0xfc000fc0) == 0x08000380;
4419 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4420 {
4421 cmpltr = 2;
4422 s += 3;
4423 }
4424 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4425 {
4426 cmpltr = 3;
4427 s += 3;
4428 }
4429 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
4430 {
4431 cmpltr = 4;
4432 s += 3;
4433 }
4434 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
4435 {
4436 cmpltr = 6;
4437 s += 3;
4438 }
4439 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
4440 {
4441 cmpltr = 7;
4442 s += 3;
4443 }
4444 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4445 {
4446 cmpltr = 0;
4447 flag = 1;
4448 s += 2;
4449 }
4450 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4451 {
4452 cmpltr = 2;
4453 flag = 1;
4454 s += 3;
4455 }
4456 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4457 {
4458 cmpltr = 3;
4459 flag = 1;
4460 s += 3;
4461 }
4462 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
4463 {
4464 cmpltr = 4;
4465 flag = 1;
4466 s += 3;
4467 }
4468 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
4469 {
4470 cmpltr = 6;
4471 flag = 1;
4472 s += 3;
4473 }
4474 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
4475 {
4476 cmpltr = 7;
4477 flag = 1;
4478 s += 3;
4479 }
4480 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4481 {
4482 cmpltr = 1;
4483 flag = 0;
4484 s += 3;
4485 }
4486 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
4487 {
4488 cmpltr = 5;
4489 flag = 0;
4490 s += 3;
4491 }
4492 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4493 {
4494 cmpltr = 1;
4495 flag = 1;
4496 s += 3;
4497 }
4498 else if (!uxor && strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
4499 {
4500 cmpltr = 5;
4501 flag = 1;
4502 s += 3;
4503 }
4504 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4505 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4506 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4507 }
4508 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */
4509 else if (*args == 'U')
4510 break;
4511
4512 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4513 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4514
4515 default:
4516 abort ();
4517 }
4518 break;
4519 }
4520
4521 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
4522 case 'n':
4523 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4524 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
4525
4526 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
4527 case 'N':
4528 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4529 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
4530
4531 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
4532 case 'L':
4533 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4534 s += 4;
4535 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4536 s += 4;
4537 else
4538 break;
4539 continue;
4540
4541 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4542 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4543 case 'h':
4544 get_expression (s);
4545 s = expr_end;
4546 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4547 {
4548 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4549 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4550 num++;
4551 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4552 }
4553 else
4554 break;
4555
4556 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4557 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4558 case 'm':
4559 get_expression (s);
4560 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4561 {
4562 s = expr_end;
4563 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4564 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4565 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4566 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4567 }
4568 else
4569 break;
4570
4571 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4572 case '=':
4573 {
4574 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4575 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4576 }
4577
4578 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
4579 case 'i':
4580 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4581 get_expression (s);
4582 s = expr_end;
4583 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4584 {
4585 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4586 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4587 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4588 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4589 }
4590 else
4591 {
4592 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4593 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4594 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4595 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4596 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4597 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4598 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4599 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4600 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4601 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4602 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4603 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4604 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4605 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4606 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4607 #endif
4608 else
4609 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4610 the_insn.format = 11;
4611 continue;
4612 }
4613
4614 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4615 case 'J':
4616 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4617 get_expression (s);
4618 s = expr_end;
4619 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4620 {
4621 int mb;
4622
4623 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4624 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
4625 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4626 good to rethink this. */
4627 mb = opcode & 1;
4628 opcode -= mb;
4629 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4630 if (mb != (num < 0))
4631 break;
4632 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4633 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4634 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4635 }
4636 break;
4637
4638 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4639 case 'K':
4640 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4641 get_expression (s);
4642 s = expr_end;
4643 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4644 {
4645 int mb;
4646
4647 mb = opcode & 1;
4648 opcode -= mb;
4649 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4650 if (mb == (num < 0))
4651 break;
4652 if (num % 4)
4653 break;
4654 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4655 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4656 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4657 }
4658 break;
4659
4660 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4661 case '<':
4662 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4663 get_expression (s);
4664 s = expr_end;
4665 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4666 {
4667 int mb;
4668
4669 mb = opcode & 1;
4670 opcode -= mb;
4671 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4672 if (mb != (num < 0))
4673 break;
4674 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4675 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4676 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4677 }
4678 break;
4679
4680 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4681 case '>':
4682 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4683 get_expression (s);
4684 s = expr_end;
4685 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4686 {
4687 int mb;
4688
4689 mb = opcode & 1;
4690 opcode -= mb;
4691 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4692 if (mb == (num < 0))
4693 break;
4694 if (num % 4)
4695 break;
4696 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4697 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4698 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4699 }
4700 break;
4701
4702 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
4703 case '#':
4704 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4705 break;
4706 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4707 get_expression (s);
4708 s = expr_end;
4709 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4710 {
4711 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4712 if (num & 0x7)
4713 break;
4714 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4715 if (num < 0)
4716 opcode |= 1;
4717 num &= 0x1fff;
4718 num >>= 3;
4719 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4720 }
4721 else
4722 {
4723 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4724 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4725 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4726 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4727 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4728 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4729 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4730 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4731 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4732 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4733 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4734 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4735 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4736 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4737 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4738 #endif
4739 else
4740 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4741 the_insn.format = 14;
4742 continue;
4743 }
4744 break;
4745
4746 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
4747 case 'd':
4748 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4749 get_expression (s);
4750 s = expr_end;
4751 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4752 {
4753 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4754 if (num & 0x3)
4755 break;
4756 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4757 if (num < 0)
4758 opcode |= 1;
4759 num &= 0x1fff;
4760 num >>= 2;
4761 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4762 }
4763 else
4764 {
4765 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4766 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4767 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4768 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4769 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4770 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4771 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4772 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4773 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4774 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4775 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4776 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4777 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4778 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4779 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4780 #endif
4781 else
4782 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4783 the_insn.format = 14;
4784 continue;
4785 }
4786
4787 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4788 case 'j':
4789 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4790 get_expression (s);
4791 s = expr_end;
4792 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4793 {
4794 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4795 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4796 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4797 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4798 }
4799 else
4800 {
4801 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4802 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4803 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4804 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4805 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4806 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4807 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4808 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4809 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4810 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4811 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4812 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4813 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4814 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4815 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4816 #endif
4817 else
4818 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4819 the_insn.format = 14;
4820 continue;
4821 }
4822
4823 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
4824 case 'k':
4825 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4826 get_expression (s);
4827 s = expr_end;
4828 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4829 {
4830 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4831 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4832 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4833 continue;
4834 }
4835 else
4836 {
4837 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4838 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4839 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4840 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4841 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4842 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4843 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4844 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4845 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4846 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4847 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4848 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4849 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4850 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4851 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4852 #endif
4853 else
4854 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4855 the_insn.format = 21;
4856 continue;
4857 }
4858
4859 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
4860 case 'l':
4861 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4862 get_expression (s);
4863 s = expr_end;
4864 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4865 {
4866 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4867 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4868 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4869 continue;
4870 }
4871 else
4872 {
4873 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4874 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4875 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4876 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4877 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4878 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4879 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4880 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4881 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4882 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4883 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4884 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4885 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4886 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4887 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4888 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4889 #endif
4890 else
4891 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4892 the_insn.format = 14;
4893 continue;
4894 }
4895
4896 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4897 case 'y':
4898 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4899 get_expression (s);
4900 s = expr_end;
4901 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4902 {
4903 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4904 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4905 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4906 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4907 continue;
4908 }
4909 else
4910 {
4911 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4912 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4913 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4914 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4915 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4916 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4917 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4918 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4919 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4920 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4921 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4922 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4923 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4924 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4925 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4926 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4927 #endif
4928 else
4929 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4930 the_insn.format = 14;
4931 continue;
4932 }
4933
4934 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4935 case '&':
4936 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4937 get_expression (s);
4938 s = expr_end;
4939 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4940 {
4941 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4942 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4943 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4944 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4945 continue;
4946 }
4947 else
4948 {
4949 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4950 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4951 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4952 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4953 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4954 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4955 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4956 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4957 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4958 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4959 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4960 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4961 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4962 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4963 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4964 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4965 #endif
4966 else
4967 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4968 the_insn.format = 14;
4969 continue;
4970 }
4971
4972 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
4973 case 'w':
4974 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4975 get_expression (s);
4976 s = expr_end;
4977 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
4978 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
4979 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
4980 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
4981 {
4982 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4983 if (num % 4)
4984 {
4985 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
4986 break;
4987 }
4988 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
4989 num -= 8;
4990 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4991 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
4992 continue;
4993 }
4994 else
4995 {
4996 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4997 the_insn.format = 12;
4998 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
4999 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5000 s = expr_end;
5001 continue;
5002 }
5003
5004 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
5005 case 'W':
5006 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5007 get_expression (s);
5008 s = expr_end;
5009 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5010 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5011 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5012 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5013 {
5014 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5015 if (num % 4)
5016 {
5017 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5018 break;
5019 }
5020 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5021 num -= 8;
5022 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5023 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5024 continue;
5025 }
5026 else
5027 {
5028 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5029 the_insn.format = 17;
5030 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5031 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5032 continue;
5033 }
5034
5035 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
5036 case 'X':
5037 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5038 get_expression (s);
5039 s = expr_end;
5040 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5041 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5042 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5043 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5044 {
5045 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5046 if (num % 4)
5047 {
5048 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5049 break;
5050 }
5051 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5052 num -= 8;
5053 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5054 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5055 }
5056 else
5057 {
5058 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5059 the_insn.format = 22;
5060 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5061 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5062 continue;
5063 }
5064
5065 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
5066 case 'z':
5067 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5068 get_expression (s);
5069 s = expr_end;
5070 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5071 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5072 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5073 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5074 {
5075 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5076 if (num % 4)
5077 {
5078 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5079 break;
5080 }
5081 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5082 num -= 8;
5083 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5084 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5085 continue;
5086 }
5087 else
5088 {
5089 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5090 the_insn.format = 17;
5091 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5092 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5093 continue;
5094 }
5095
5096 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
5097 case 'Z':
5098 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5099 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5100 {
5101 s += 4;
5102 continue;
5103 }
5104 else
5105 break;
5106
5107 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
5108 case 'Y':
5109 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5110 break;
5111 s += 9;
5112 continue;
5113
5114 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
5115 case '@':
5116 if (*s != '0')
5117 break;
5118 s++;
5119 continue;
5120
5121 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
5122 case '.':
5123 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5124 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5125 break;
5126 s = expr_end;
5127 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5128 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5129
5130 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
5131 case '*':
5132 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5133 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5134 break;
5135 s = expr_end;
5136 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5137 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5138
5139 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
5140 case 'p':
5141 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5142 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5143 break;
5144 s = expr_end;
5145 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5146 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5147 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
5148
5149 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
5150 case '~':
5151 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5152 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5153 break;
5154 s = expr_end;
5155 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5156 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5157 num = 63 - num;
5158 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5159 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5160
5161 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
5162 case '%':
5163 flag = 0;
5164 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5165 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5166 break;
5167 s = expr_end;
5168 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5169 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5170 num--;
5171 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5172 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5173 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5174
5175 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
5176 case '|':
5177 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5178 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5179 break;
5180 s = expr_end;
5181 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5182 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5183 num--;
5184 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5185 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5186 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5187
5188 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
5189 case 'P':
5190 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5191 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5192 break;
5193 s = expr_end;
5194 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5195 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5196 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
5197
5198 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
5199 case 'q':
5200 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5201 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5202 break;
5203 s = expr_end;
5204 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5205 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5206 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5207 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5208
5209 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5210 of the high bit of the immediate. */
5211 case 'B':
5212 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5213 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5214 break;
5215 s = expr_end;
5216 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5217 if (num & 0x20)
5218 ;
5219 else
5220 opcode |= (1 << 13);
5221 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
5222
5223 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
5224 case 'Q':
5225 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5226 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5227 break;
5228 s = expr_end;
5229 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5230 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5231
5232 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
5233 case '$':
5234 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5235 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5236 break;
5237 s = expr_end;
5238 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5239 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
5240
5241 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
5242 case 'A':
5243 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5244 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5245 break;
5246 s = expr_end;
5247 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5248 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
5249
5250 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
5251 case 'D':
5252 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5253 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5254 break;
5255 s = expr_end;
5256 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5257 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5258
5259 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
5260 case 'v':
5261 if (*s++ != ',')
5262 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
5263 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5264 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5265 break;
5266 s = expr_end;
5267 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5268 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5269
5270 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
5271 case 'O':
5272 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5273 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5274 break;
5275 s = expr_end;
5276 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5277 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5278 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5279
5280 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
5281 case 'o':
5282 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5283 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5284 break;
5285 s = expr_end;
5286 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5287 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5288
5289 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
5290 case '0':
5291 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5292 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5293 break;
5294 s = expr_end;
5295 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5296 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5297 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5298
5299 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
5300 case '1':
5301 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5302 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5303 break;
5304 s = expr_end;
5305 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5306 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5307 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5308
5309 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
5310 case 'u':
5311 if (*s++ != ',')
5312 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
5313 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5314 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5315 break;
5316 s = expr_end;
5317 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5318 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5319
5320 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
5321 case '2':
5322 num = pa_get_number (&the_insn, &s);
5323 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5324 break;
5325 s = expr_end;
5326 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5327 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5328 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5329
5330 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5331 case '{':
5332 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5333 {
5334 the_insn.trunc = 1;
5335 s += 2;
5336 }
5337 else
5338 the_insn.trunc = 0;
5339 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5340 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5341 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5342 flag = SGL;
5343 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5344 flag = DBL;
5345 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5346 flag = QUAD;
5347 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5348
5349 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5350 case '_':
5351 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5352 s--;
5353 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5354 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5355 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5356 flag = SGL;
5357 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5358 flag = DBL;
5359 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5360 flag = QUAD;
5361 opcode |= flag << 13;
5362 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5363 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5364 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5365 {
5366 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5367 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5368 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5369 flag = 0;
5370 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5371 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5372 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5373 flag = 2;
5374 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5375 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5376 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5377 flag = 6;
5378 else
5379 abort ();
5380 }
5381 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5382 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5383 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5384 {
5385 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5386 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5387 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5388 flag = 1;
5389 else
5390 abort ();
5391 }
5392 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5393 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5394 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5395 {
5396 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5397 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5398 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5399 flag = 5;
5400 else
5401 abort ();
5402 }
5403 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5404 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
5405
5406 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5407 case 'F':
5408 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5409 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5410 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5411
5412 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5413 case 'G':
5414 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5415 s--;
5416 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5417 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5418 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
5419
5420 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
5421 case 'I':
5422 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5423 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5424 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5425
5426 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5427 Only allows single and double precision. */
5428 case 'H':
5429 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5430 switch (flag)
5431 {
5432 case SGL:
5433 opcode |= 0x20;
5434 case DBL:
5435 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5436 continue;
5437
5438 case QUAD:
5439 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5440 default:
5441 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5442 }
5443 break;
5444
5445 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
5446 case 'f':
5447 switch (*++args)
5448 {
5449 /* Float target register. */
5450 case 't':
5451 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5452 break;
5453 /* RSEL should not be set. */
5454 if (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL)
5455 break;
5456 num = pa_number - FP_REG_BASE;
5457 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5458 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5459
5460 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
5461 case 'T':
5462 {
5463 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5464 break;
5465 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5466 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5467 opcode |= num;
5468
5469 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5470 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
5471 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
5472 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5473 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5474 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5475
5476 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5477 continue;
5478 }
5479
5480 /* Float operand 1. */
5481 case 'a':
5482 {
5483 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5484 break;
5485 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5486 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5487 opcode |= num << 21;
5488 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5489 {
5490 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5491 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5492 }
5493 continue;
5494 }
5495
5496 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
5497 case 'X':
5498 case 'A':
5499 {
5500 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5501 break;
5502 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5503 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5504 opcode |= num << 21;
5505 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5506 continue;
5507 }
5508
5509 /* Float operand 2. */
5510 case 'b':
5511 {
5512 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5513 break;
5514 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5515 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5516 opcode |= num << 16;
5517 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5518 {
5519 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5520 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5521 }
5522 continue;
5523 }
5524
5525 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
5526 case 'B':
5527 {
5528 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5529 break;
5530 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5531 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5532 opcode |= num << 16;
5533 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5534 continue;
5535 }
5536
5537 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
5538 case 'C':
5539 {
5540 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5541 break;
5542 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5543 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5544 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5545 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5546 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5547 continue;
5548 }
5549
5550 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5551 case 'i':
5552 {
5553 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5554 break;
5555 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5556 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5557 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5558 {
5559 if (num < 16)
5560 {
5561 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5562 break;
5563 }
5564 num &= 0xF;
5565 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5566 }
5567 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5568 }
5569
5570 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5571 case 'j':
5572 {
5573 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5574 break;
5575 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5576 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5577 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5578 {
5579 if (num < 16)
5580 {
5581 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5582 break;
5583 }
5584 num &= 0xF;
5585 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5586 }
5587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5588 }
5589
5590 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5591 case 'k':
5592 {
5593 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5594 break;
5595 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5596 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5597 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5598 {
5599 if (num < 16)
5600 {
5601 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5602 break;
5603 }
5604 num &= 0xF;
5605 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5606 }
5607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5608 }
5609
5610 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5611 case 'l':
5612 {
5613 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5614 break;
5615 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5616 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5617 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5618 {
5619 if (num < 16)
5620 {
5621 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5622 break;
5623 }
5624 num &= 0xF;
5625 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5626 }
5627 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5628 }
5629
5630 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5631 case 'm':
5632 {
5633 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5634 break;
5635 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5636 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5637 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5638 {
5639 if (num < 16)
5640 {
5641 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5642 break;
5643 }
5644 num &= 0xF;
5645 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5646 }
5647 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5648 }
5649
5650 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
5651 case 'E':
5652 case 'e':
5653 {
5654 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5655 break;
5656 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5657 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5658 opcode |= num << 16;
5659 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5660 {
5661 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5662 }
5663 continue;
5664 }
5665
5666 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
5667 case 'x':
5668 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5669 break;
5670 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5671 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5672 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5673
5674 default:
5675 abort ();
5676 }
5677 break;
5678
5679 default:
5680 abort ();
5681 }
5682 break;
5683 }
5684
5685 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5686 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
5687 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
5688 if (match == TRUE
5689 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5690 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
5691 {
5692 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5693 match = FALSE;
5694 }
5695
5696 failed:
5697 /* Check if the args matched. */
5698 if (!match)
5699 {
5700 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5701 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5702 {
5703 ++insn;
5704 s = argstart;
5705 continue;
5706 }
5707 else
5708 {
5709 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5710 return;
5711 }
5712 }
5713 break;
5714 }
5715
5716 if (immediate_check)
5717 {
5718 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
5719 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
5720 pos, len);
5721 }
5722
5723 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
5724 }
5725
5726 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
5727
5728 void
5729 md_assemble (char *str)
5730 {
5731 char *to;
5732
5733 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
5734 gas_assert (str);
5735
5736 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5737 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5738 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5739
5740 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5741 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
5742 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
5743 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5744 {
5745 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5746
5747 if (label_symbol)
5748 {
5749 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5750 {
5751 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5752 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5753 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5754 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5755 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5756 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
5757 if (within_entry_exit)
5758 {
5759 char *where;
5760 unsigned int u;
5761
5762 where = frag_more (0);
5763 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5764 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5765 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5766 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5767 }
5768 #endif
5769 }
5770 else
5771 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
5772 }
5773 else
5774 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
5775 }
5776
5777 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
5778 pa_ip (str);
5779
5780 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
5781 to = frag_more (4);
5782
5783 /* Output the opcode. */
5784 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5785
5786 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
5787 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5788 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5789 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5790 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5791 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5792
5793 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5794 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5795 #endif
5796 }
5797
5798 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5799 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5800 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5801 static void
5802 pa_align (int bytes)
5803 {
5804 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5805 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5806
5807 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5808 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5809
5810 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5811 alignment if necessary. */
5812 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5813 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5814 }
5815 #endif
5816
5817 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5818
5819 static void
5820 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5821 {
5822 unsigned int temp_size;
5823
5824 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5825 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5826 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5827 #endif
5828
5829 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5830
5831 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5832 {
5833 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5834 temp_size = 0;
5835 }
5836 else
5837 {
5838 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5839 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5840 *p = 0;
5841 }
5842
5843 pa_undefine_label ();
5844 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5845 }
5846
5847 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5848
5849 static void
5850 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5851 {
5852
5853 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5854 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5855 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5856 char *where = frag_more (0);
5857
5858 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5859 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5860 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5861 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5862 #endif
5863
5864 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5865 }
5866
5867 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5868
5869 static void
5870 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5871 {
5872 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5873 expressionS exp;
5874 char *where = frag_more (0);
5875
5876 if (! begin)
5877 expression (&exp);
5878
5879 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5880 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5881
5882 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5883 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5884 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5885 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5886 #endif
5887
5888 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5889 }
5890
5891 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5892 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5893
5894 static void
5895 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
5896 {
5897 char *name, c;
5898 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5899
5900 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5901 {
5902 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
5903 /* Process a source argument. */
5904 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5905 {
5906 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5907 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
5908 input_line_pointer++;
5909 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
5910 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5911 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5912 }
5913 /* Process a return value. */
5914 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5915 {
5916 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
5917 input_line_pointer++;
5918 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
5919 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5920 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5921 }
5922 else
5923 {
5924 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5925 }
5926
5927 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
5928 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5929 input_line_pointer++;
5930 }
5931 }
5932
5933 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5934 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5935 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5936
5937 static void
5938 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5939 {
5940 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5941 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5942 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5943 #endif
5944
5945 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5946 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5947 }
5948
5949 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5950 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5951 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
5952 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5953 of the unwind spaces. */
5954
5955 static void
5956 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
5957 {
5958 asection *seg, *save_seg;
5959 subsegT save_subseg;
5960 unsigned int unwind;
5961 int reloc;
5962 char *name, *p;
5963 symbolS *symbolP;
5964
5965 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
5966 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5967 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5968 return;
5969
5970 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5971 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */
5972 return;
5973
5974 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
5975 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
5976 multiple definitions, etc. */
5977 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001start_")
5978 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol))
5979 + 1);
5980 strcpy (name, "L$\001start_");
5981 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol));
5982
5983 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
5984 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
5985 entry. */
5986 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
5987 if (symbolP)
5988 {
5989 xfree (name);
5990 return;
5991 }
5992 else
5993 {
5994 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
5995 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now);
5996 gas_assert (symbolP);
5997 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
5998 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
5999 }
6000
6001 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6002 save_seg = now_seg;
6003 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6004 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6005 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6006 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6007 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6008 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6009 {
6010 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6011 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6012 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6013 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6014 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6015 }
6016
6017 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6018
6019 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6020 descriptor. */
6021 p = frag_more (16);
6022
6023 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6024 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6025 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6026 symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
6027 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6028 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6029
6030 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6031
6032 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6033 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6034 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6035 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6036 finished with its work. */
6037 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6038 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6039 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6040 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6041 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6042
6043 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6044 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6045 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6046
6047 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6048 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6049
6050 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6051 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6052 }
6053 #endif
6054
6055 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6056 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6057 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6058
6059 static void
6060 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6061 {
6062 char *name, c;
6063 int temp;
6064
6065 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6066 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6067 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6068 #endif
6069
6070 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6071 if (!within_procedure)
6072 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6073
6074 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6075 current procedure. */
6076 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6077
6078 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6079 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6080 {
6081 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6082 /* Frame size specification. */
6083 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6084 {
6085 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6086 input_line_pointer++;
6087 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6088 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6089 {
6090 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6091 temp = 0;
6092 }
6093
6094 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6095 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6096 }
6097 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6098 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6099 {
6100 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6101 input_line_pointer++;
6102 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6103 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6104 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6105 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6106 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6107 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6108 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6109 }
6110 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6111 {
6112 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6113 input_line_pointer++;
6114 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6115 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6116 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6117 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6118 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6119 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6120 }
6121 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6122 {
6123 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6124 input_line_pointer++;
6125 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6126 if (temp != 3)
6127 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6128 }
6129 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6130 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0)
6131 || (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6132 {
6133 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6134 }
6135 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6136 {
6137 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6138 }
6139 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6140 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6141 {
6142 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6143 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6144 }
6145 /* Likewise for SP. */
6146 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6147 {
6148 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6149 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6150 }
6151 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6152 in the unwind descriptor. */
6153 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6154 {
6155 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6156 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6157 }
6158 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6159 unwind descriptor. */
6160 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6161 {
6162 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6163 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6164 }
6165 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6166 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6167 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6168 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6169 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6170 {
6171 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6172 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6173 }
6174 else
6175 {
6176 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6177 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6178 }
6179
6180 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6181 input_line_pointer++;
6182 }
6183
6184 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6185 }
6186
6187 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6188 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6189 label when finished. */
6190
6191 static void
6192 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6193 {
6194 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6195 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6196 current_subspace
6197 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6198 #endif
6199
6200 s_text (0);
6201 pa_undefine_label ();
6202 }
6203
6204 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6205
6206 static void
6207 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6208 {
6209 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6210 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6211 current_subspace
6212 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6213 #endif
6214 s_data (0);
6215 pa_undefine_label ();
6216 }
6217
6218 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6219 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
6220
6221 <label> .comm <length>
6222
6223 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6224 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6225 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6226 and subspace.
6227
6228 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6229
6230 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6231 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6232 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6233 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6234 a pain.
6235
6236 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6237
6238 static void
6239 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6240 {
6241 unsigned int size;
6242 symbolS *symbol;
6243 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6244
6245 if (label_symbol)
6246 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6247 else
6248 symbol = NULL;
6249
6250 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6251 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6252
6253 if (symbol)
6254 {
6255 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6256 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6257 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6258 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6259
6260 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6261 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6262 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6263 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6264 }
6265 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6266 }
6267 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6268
6269 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6270
6271 static void
6272 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6273 {
6274 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6275 }
6276
6277 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6278
6279 static void
6280 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6281 {
6282 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6283 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6284 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6285 #endif
6286
6287 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6288 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6289 }
6290
6291 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6292 procedure. */
6293
6294 static void
6295 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6296 {
6297 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6298 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6299 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6300 #endif
6301
6302 if (!within_procedure)
6303 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6304 else
6305 {
6306 if (!callinfo_found)
6307 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6308 }
6309 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6310 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6311
6312 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6313 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6314 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6315 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6316 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6317
6318 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6319 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6320 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6321 denote the entry and exit points. */
6322 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6323 {
6324 char *where;
6325 unsigned int u;
6326
6327 where = frag_more (0);
6328 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6329 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6330 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6331 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6332 }
6333 #endif
6334 }
6335
6336 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6337 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6338 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6339 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6340
6341 int
6342 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6343 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6344 expressionS *rightP)
6345 {
6346 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6347 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6348 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6349 {
6350 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6351 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6352 }
6353 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6354 }
6355
6356 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6357
6358 static void
6359 pa_equ (int reg)
6360 {
6361 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6362 symbolS *symbol;
6363
6364 if (label_symbol)
6365 {
6366 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6367 if (reg)
6368 {
6369 strict = 1;
6370 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6371 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6372 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6373 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6374 }
6375 else
6376 {
6377 expressionS exp;
6378 segT seg;
6379
6380 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6381 seg = expression (&exp);
6382 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6383 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6384 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6385 {
6386 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6387 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6388 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6389 seg = absolute_section;
6390 }
6391 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6392 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6393 }
6394 }
6395 else
6396 {
6397 if (reg)
6398 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6399 else
6400 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6401 }
6402
6403 pa_undefine_label ();
6404 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6405 }
6406
6407 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6408 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6409 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
6410
6411 static void
6412 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6413 {
6414 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
6415 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
6416 char *name;
6417
6418 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6419 {
6420 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6421 or other problems. */
6422 return;
6423 }
6424
6425 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
6426 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
6427 + 1);
6428 if (name)
6429 {
6430 symbolS *symbolP;
6431
6432 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
6433 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
6434
6435 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6436 symbol will have already been defined. */
6437 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6438 if (symbolP)
6439 {
6440 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
6441 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6442
6443 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
6444 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
6445 xfree (name);
6446 }
6447 else
6448 {
6449 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6450 last instruction of the function */
6451 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
6452 frag_now);
6453
6454 gas_assert (symbolP);
6455 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6456 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6457 }
6458
6459 if (symbolP)
6460 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6461 else
6462 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6463
6464 }
6465 else
6466 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
6467 }
6468 #endif
6469
6470 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6471 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6472 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6473
6474 static void
6475 process_exit (void)
6476 {
6477 char *where;
6478
6479 where = frag_more (0);
6480
6481 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6482 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6483 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6484 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6485 (void) where;
6486 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6487 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6488 #else
6489 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6490 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6491 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6492 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6493
6494 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6495 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6496 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6497 denote the entry and exit points. */
6498 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6499 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6500 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6501 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6502 #endif
6503 }
6504
6505 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6506
6507 static void
6508 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6509 {
6510 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6511 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6512 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6513 #endif
6514
6515 if (!within_procedure)
6516 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6517 else
6518 {
6519 if (!callinfo_found)
6520 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6521 else
6522 {
6523 if (!within_entry_exit)
6524 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6525 else
6526 {
6527 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6528 process_exit ();
6529 }
6530 }
6531 }
6532 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6533 }
6534
6535 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6536
6537 static void
6538 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
6539 {
6540 char *name, c;
6541 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6542 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6543 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6544
6545 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6546 {
6547 input_line_pointer += 8;
6548 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6549 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6550 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6551 }
6552 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6553 {
6554 input_line_pointer += 4;
6555 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6556 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6557
6558 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6559 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6560 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6561 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6562 {
6563 if (is_export)
6564 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6565 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6566
6567 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6568 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6569 }
6570 else
6571 {
6572 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6573 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6574 }
6575 }
6576 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6577 {
6578 input_line_pointer += 4;
6579 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6580 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6581 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6582 }
6583 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6584 {
6585 input_line_pointer += 5;
6586 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6587 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6588 }
6589 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6590 {
6591 input_line_pointer += 9;
6592 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6593 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6594 {
6595 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6596 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6597 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6598 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6599 }
6600 #endif
6601 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6602 }
6603 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6604 {
6605 input_line_pointer += 6;
6606 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6607 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6608 }
6609 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6610 {
6611 input_line_pointer += 8;
6612 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6613 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6614 }
6615 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6616 {
6617 input_line_pointer += 8;
6618 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6619 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6620 }
6621
6622 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6623 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6624 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6625 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6626 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6627 #else
6628 (void) type;
6629 #endif
6630
6631 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6632 handle any argument relocation information. */
6633 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6634 {
6635 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6636 input_line_pointer++;
6637 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6638 /* Argument sources. */
6639 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6640 {
6641 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6642 input_line_pointer++;
6643 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6644 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6645 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6646 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6647 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6648 #else
6649 (void) arg_reloc;
6650 #endif
6651 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6652 }
6653 /* The return value. */
6654 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6655 {
6656 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6657 input_line_pointer++;
6658 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6659 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6660 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6661 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6662 #else
6663 (void) arg_reloc;
6664 #endif
6665 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6666 }
6667 /* Privilege level. */
6668 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6669 {
6670 char *priv;
6671
6672 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6673 input_line_pointer++;
6674 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6675 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6676 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6677 #endif
6678 c = get_symbol_name (&priv);
6679 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6680 }
6681 else
6682 {
6683 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6684 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6685 }
6686
6687 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6688 input_line_pointer++;
6689 }
6690 }
6691
6692 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6693 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6694 to callers. */
6695
6696 static void
6697 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6698 {
6699 char *name, c;
6700 symbolS *symbol;
6701
6702 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6703 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6704 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6705 {
6706 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6707 restore_line_pointer (c);
6708 input_line_pointer++;
6709 }
6710 else
6711 {
6712 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6713 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6714 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6715 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6716 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6717 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6718 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6719 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6720 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6721 {
6722 input_line_pointer++;
6723 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6724 }
6725 }
6726
6727 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6728 }
6729
6730 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6731 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6732 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6733
6734 static void
6735 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6736 {
6737 char *name, c;
6738 symbolS *symbol;
6739
6740 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6741
6742 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6743 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6744 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6745 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6746 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6747 {
6748 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6749 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6750
6751 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6752 {
6753 input_line_pointer++;
6754 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6755 }
6756 else
6757 {
6758 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6759 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6760 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6761 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6762 if (now_seg == text_section)
6763 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6764
6765 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6766 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6767 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6768 }
6769 }
6770 else
6771 {
6772 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6773 the end of the current statement. */
6774 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6775 input_line_pointer++;
6776 }
6777
6778 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6779 }
6780
6781 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6782
6783 static void
6784 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6785 {
6786 char *name, c;
6787
6788 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6789
6790 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6791 {
6792 colon (name);
6793 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6794 }
6795 else
6796 {
6797 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6798 }
6799
6800 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6801 {
6802 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6803 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6804 }
6805 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6806 }
6807
6808 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6809
6810 static void
6811 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6812 {
6813 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6814 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6815 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6816 #endif
6817
6818 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6819 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6820 }
6821
6822 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6823
6824 static void
6825 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6826 {
6827 char *level;
6828
6829 level = input_line_pointer;
6830 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6831 {
6832 input_line_pointer += 3;
6833 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6834 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6835 }
6836 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6837 {
6838 input_line_pointer += 3;
6839 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6840 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6841 }
6842 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6843 {
6844 input_line_pointer += 4;
6845 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6846 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6847 }
6848 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6849 {
6850 input_line_pointer += 3;
6851 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6852 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6853 }
6854 else
6855 {
6856 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6857 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6858 }
6859 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6860 }
6861
6862 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6863
6864 static void
6865 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6866 {
6867 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6868 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6869 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6870 #endif
6871
6872 s_org (0);
6873 pa_undefine_label ();
6874 }
6875
6876 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6877 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6878
6879 static void
6880 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6881 {
6882 char *name, c;
6883 symbolS *symbol;
6884
6885 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
6886
6887 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6888 {
6889 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6890 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6891 input_line_pointer++;
6892 }
6893 else
6894 {
6895 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6896 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
6897 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6898 {
6899 input_line_pointer++;
6900 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6901 }
6902 }
6903
6904 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6905 }
6906
6907 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6908 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6909
6910 static void
6911 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6912 {
6913 struct call_info *call_info;
6914
6915 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6916 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6917 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6918 #endif
6919
6920 if (within_procedure)
6921 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6922
6923 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6924 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6925 within_procedure = TRUE;
6926
6927 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6928 call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6929
6930 if (!call_info)
6931 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6932
6933 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6934
6935 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6936
6937 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6938 {
6939 call_info_root = call_info;
6940 last_call_info = call_info;
6941 }
6942 else
6943 {
6944 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6945 last_call_info = call_info;
6946 }
6947
6948 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6949
6950 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6951 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6952 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6953
6954 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6955 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6956 {
6957 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6958
6959 if (label_symbol)
6960 {
6961 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6962 {
6963 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6964 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6965 }
6966 else
6967 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
6968 }
6969 else
6970 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
6971 }
6972
6973 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6974 }
6975
6976 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
6977 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
6978
6979 static void
6980 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6981 {
6982 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6983 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6984 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6985 #endif
6986
6987 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
6988 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
6989 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
6990
6991 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
6992 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
6993 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
6994 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6995 {
6996 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6997
6998 if (label_symbol)
6999 {
7000 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7001 {
7002 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7003 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7004 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7005 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7006 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7007 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7008 if (within_entry_exit)
7009 {
7010 char *where;
7011 unsigned int u;
7012
7013 where = frag_more (0);
7014 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7015 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7016 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7017 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7018 }
7019 #endif
7020 }
7021 else
7022 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7023 }
7024 else
7025 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7026 }
7027
7028 if (!within_procedure)
7029 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7030
7031 if (!callinfo_found)
7032 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7033
7034 if (within_entry_exit)
7035 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7036
7037 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7038 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7039 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7040 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7041 #endif
7042
7043 within_procedure = FALSE;
7044 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7045 pa_undefine_label ();
7046 }
7047
7048 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7049 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7050 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7051
7052 static int
7053 exact_log2 (int value)
7054 {
7055 int shift = 0;
7056
7057 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7058 shift++;
7059
7060 if (shift >= 32)
7061 return -1;
7062 else
7063 return shift;
7064 }
7065
7066 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7067
7068 static void
7069 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
7070 {
7071 if (current_space == NULL)
7072 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7073
7074 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7075 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7076 }
7077
7078 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7079 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7080 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7081
7082 static sd_chain_struct *
7083 pa_parse_space_stmt (const char *space_name, int create_flag)
7084 {
7085 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7086 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7087 int spnum;
7088 asection *seg = NULL;
7089 sd_chain_struct *space;
7090
7091 /* Load default values. */
7092 spnum = 0;
7093 sort = 0;
7094 loadable = TRUE;
7095 defined = TRUE;
7096 private = FALSE;
7097 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7098 {
7099 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7100 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7101 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7102 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7103 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7104 }
7105 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7106 {
7107 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7108 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7109 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7110 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7111 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7112 }
7113
7114 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7115 {
7116 print_errors = FALSE;
7117 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7118 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7119 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7120 the line should be ignored. */
7121 strict = 0;
7122 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7123 if (pa_number >= 0)
7124 {
7125 spnum = pa_number;
7126 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7127 }
7128 else
7129 {
7130 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7131 {
7132 input_line_pointer++;
7133 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7134 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7135 {
7136 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7137 input_line_pointer++;
7138 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7139 }
7140 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7141 {
7142 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7143 input_line_pointer++;
7144 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7145 }
7146 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7147 {
7148 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7149 loadable = FALSE;
7150 }
7151 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7152 {
7153 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7154 defined = FALSE;
7155 }
7156 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7157 {
7158 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7159 private = TRUE;
7160 }
7161 else
7162 {
7163 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7164 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7165 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7166 input_line_pointer++;
7167 }
7168 }
7169 }
7170 print_errors = TRUE;
7171 }
7172
7173 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7174 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7175
7176 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7177 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7178 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7179 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7180 if (create_flag)
7181 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7182 private, sort, seg, 1);
7183 else
7184 {
7185 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7186 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7187 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7188 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7189 }
7190
7191 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7192 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7193 #endif
7194
7195 return space;
7196 }
7197
7198 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7199 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7200
7201 static void
7202 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7203 {
7204 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7205 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7206
7207 if (within_procedure)
7208 {
7209 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7210 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7211 }
7212 else
7213 {
7214 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7215 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7216 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7217 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7218 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7219 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7220 {
7221 input_line_pointer += 6;
7222 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7223 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7224 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7225 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7226 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7227
7228 current_space = sd_chain;
7229 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7230 current_subspace
7231 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7232 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7233 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7234 return;
7235 }
7236 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7237 {
7238 input_line_pointer += 9;
7239 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7240 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7241 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7242 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7243 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7244
7245 current_space = sd_chain;
7246 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7247 current_subspace
7248 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7249 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7250 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7251 return;
7252 }
7253 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7254 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7255 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7256 {
7257 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7258 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7259 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7260 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7261 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7262 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7263
7264 current_space = sd_chain;
7265
7266 {
7267 asection *gdb_section
7268 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7269
7270 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7271 current_subspace
7272 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7273 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7274 }
7275 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7276 return;
7277 }
7278
7279 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7280 print_errors = 0;
7281 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7282 strict = 0;
7283 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7284 if (pa_number >= 0)
7285 {
7286 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7287 {
7288 current_space = sd_chain;
7289
7290 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7291 current_subspace
7292 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7293 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7294 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7295 return;
7296 }
7297 }
7298
7299 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7300 print_errors = 1;
7301 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7302 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7303 space_name = xstrdup (name);
7304 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7305
7306 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7307 current_space = sd_chain;
7308
7309 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7310 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7311 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7312 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7313 }
7314 }
7315
7316 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7317
7318 static void
7319 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7320 {
7321 char *name;
7322 char c;
7323 char *p;
7324 sd_chain_struct *space;
7325
7326 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7327 space = is_defined_space (name);
7328 if (space)
7329 {
7330 p = frag_more (4);
7331 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7332 }
7333 else
7334 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7335
7336 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7337 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7338 }
7339
7340 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7341 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7342
7343 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7344 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7345
7346 static void
7347 pa_subspace (int create_new)
7348 {
7349 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7350 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7351 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7352 sd_chain_struct *space;
7353 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7354 asection *section;
7355
7356 if (current_space == NULL)
7357 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7358
7359 if (within_procedure)
7360 {
7361 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7362 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7363 }
7364 else
7365 {
7366 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7367 ss_name = xstrdup (name);
7368 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7369
7370 /* Load default values. */
7371 sort = 0;
7372 access_ctr = 0x7f;
7373 loadable = 1;
7374 comdat = 0;
7375 common = 0;
7376 dup_common = 0;
7377 code_only = 0;
7378 zero = 0;
7379 space_index = ~0;
7380 alignment = 1;
7381 quadrant = 0;
7382
7383 space = current_space;
7384 if (create_new)
7385 ssd = NULL;
7386 else
7387 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7388 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7389 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7390 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7391 {
7392 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7393 current_subspace = ssd;
7394 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7395 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7396 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7397 return;
7398 }
7399 else
7400 {
7401 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7402 the builtin subspaces. */
7403 i = 0;
7404 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7405 {
7406 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7407 {
7408 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7409 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7410 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7411 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7412 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7413 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7414 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7415 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7416 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7417 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7418 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7419 break;
7420 }
7421 i++;
7422 }
7423 }
7424
7425 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7426 any information as specified by the user. */
7427 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7428 {
7429 input_line_pointer++;
7430 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7431 {
7432 c = get_symbol_name (&name);
7433 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7434 {
7435 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7436 input_line_pointer++;
7437 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7438 }
7439 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7440 {
7441 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7442 input_line_pointer++;
7443 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7444 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7445 {
7446 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7447 alignment = 1;
7448 }
7449 }
7450 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7451 {
7452 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7453 input_line_pointer++;
7454 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression ();
7455 }
7456 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7457 {
7458 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7459 input_line_pointer++;
7460 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7461 }
7462 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7463 {
7464 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7465 code_only = 1;
7466 }
7467 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7468 {
7469 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7470 loadable = 0;
7471 }
7472 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7473 {
7474 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7475 comdat = 1;
7476 }
7477 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7478 {
7479 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7480 common = 1;
7481 }
7482 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7483 {
7484 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7485 dup_common = 1;
7486 }
7487 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7488 {
7489 (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
7490 zero = 1;
7491 }
7492 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7493 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7494 else
7495 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7496
7497 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7498 input_line_pointer++;
7499 }
7500 }
7501
7502 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7503 in the .subspace directive. */
7504 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7505 flags = 0;
7506 if (loadable)
7507 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7508 if (code_only)
7509 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7510
7511 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7512 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7513 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7514 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7515 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7516 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7517 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7518 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7519 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7520 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7521
7522 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7523
7524 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7525 if (zero)
7526 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7527
7528 applicable &= flags;
7529
7530 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7531 segment already associated with the subspace.
7532
7533 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7534 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7535 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7536 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7537 if (create_new)
7538 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7539 else if (ssd)
7540 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7541 else
7542 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7543
7544 if (zero)
7545 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7546
7547 /* Now set the flags. */
7548 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7549
7550 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7551 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7552
7553 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7554 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7555 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7556
7557 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7558 or create a new one. */
7559 if (ssd)
7560
7561 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7562 code_only, comdat, common,
7563 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr,
7564 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7565 section);
7566 else
7567 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7568 code_only, comdat, common,
7569 dup_common, zero, sort,
7570 access_ctr, space_index,
7571 alignment, quadrant, section);
7572
7573 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7574 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7575 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7576 }
7577 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7578 }
7579
7580 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7581
7582 static void
7583 pa_spaces_begin (void)
7584 {
7585 int i;
7586
7587 space_dict_root = NULL;
7588 space_dict_last = NULL;
7589
7590 i = 0;
7591 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7592 {
7593 const char *name;
7594
7595 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7596 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7597
7598 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7599 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7600 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7601 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7602 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7603 i++;
7604 }
7605
7606 i = 0;
7607 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7608 {
7609 const char *name;
7610 int applicable, subsegment;
7611 asection *segment = NULL;
7612 sd_chain_struct *space;
7613
7614 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7615 subsegment number. */
7616 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7617 subsegment = 0;
7618
7619 /* Create the new section. */
7620 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7621
7622 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7623 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7624 all the built-in subspaces. */
7625 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7626 {
7627 text_section = segment;
7628 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7629 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7630 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7631 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7632 | SEC_READONLY
7633 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7634 }
7635 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7636 {
7637 data_section = segment;
7638 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7639 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7640 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7641 | SEC_RELOC
7642 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7643
7644 }
7645 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7646 {
7647 bss_section = segment;
7648 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7649 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7650 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7651 }
7652 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7653 {
7654 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7655 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7656 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7657 | SEC_RELOC
7658 | SEC_READONLY
7659 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7660 }
7661 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7662 {
7663 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7664 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7665 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7666 | SEC_RELOC
7667 | SEC_READONLY
7668 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7669 }
7670 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7671 {
7672 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7673 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7674 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7675 | SEC_RELOC
7676 | SEC_READONLY
7677 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7678 }
7679
7680 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7681 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7682 def_space_index].segment);
7683 if (space == NULL)
7684 {
7685 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7686 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7687 }
7688
7689 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7690 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7691 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7692 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7693 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7694 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7695 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7696 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7697 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7698 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7699 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7700 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7701 segment);
7702 i++;
7703 }
7704 }
7705
7706 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7707 by the given parameters. */
7708
7709 static sd_chain_struct *
7710 create_new_space (const char *name,
7711 int spnum,
7712 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7713 int defined,
7714 int private,
7715 int sort,
7716 asection *seg,
7717 int user_defined)
7718 {
7719 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7720
7721 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7722 if (!chain_entry)
7723 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7724 name);
7725
7726 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
7727 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7728 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7729 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7730
7731 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7732 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7733 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7734 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7735
7736 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7737 if (!space_dict_last)
7738 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7739
7740 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7741 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7742 else
7743 {
7744 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7745 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7746
7747 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7748 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7749
7750 while (chain_pointer)
7751 {
7752 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7753 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7754 }
7755
7756 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7757 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7758 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7759 {
7760 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7761 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7762 }
7763 else
7764 {
7765 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7766 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7767 }
7768
7769 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7770 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7771 }
7772
7773 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7774 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7775 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7776 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7777 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7778 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7779 #endif
7780
7781 return chain_entry;
7782 }
7783
7784 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7785 by the given parameters.
7786
7787 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7788 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7789
7790 static ssd_chain_struct *
7791 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7792 const char *name,
7793 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7794 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7795 int comdat,
7796 int common,
7797 int dup_common,
7798 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7799 int sort,
7800 int access_ctr,
7801 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7802 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7803 int quadrant,
7804 asection *seg)
7805 {
7806 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7807
7808 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7809 if (!chain_entry)
7810 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7811
7812 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xstrdup (name);
7813
7814 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7815 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7816 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7817
7818 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7819 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7820 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7821
7822 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7823 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7824 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7825 else
7826 {
7827 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7828 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7829
7830 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7831 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7832
7833 while (chain_pointer)
7834 {
7835 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7836 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7837 }
7838
7839 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7840 the links. */
7841 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7842 {
7843 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7844 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7845 }
7846 else
7847 {
7848 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7849 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7850 }
7851 }
7852
7853 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7854 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7855 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7856 #endif
7857
7858 return chain_entry;
7859 }
7860
7861 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7862 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7863
7864 static ssd_chain_struct *
7865 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7866 char *name,
7867 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7868 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7869 int comdat,
7870 int common,
7871 int dup_common,
7872 int sort,
7873 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7874 int access_ctr,
7875 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7876 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7877 int quadrant,
7878 asection *section)
7879 {
7880 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7881
7882 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7883
7884 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7885 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7886 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7887 #endif
7888
7889 return chain_entry;
7890 }
7891
7892 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7893 NULL if no such space exists. */
7894
7895 static sd_chain_struct *
7896 is_defined_space (const char *name)
7897 {
7898 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7899
7900 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7901 chain_pointer;
7902 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7903 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7904 return chain_pointer;
7905
7906 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7907 return NULL;
7908 }
7909
7910 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7911 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7912
7913 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7914 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7915
7916 static sd_chain_struct *
7917 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
7918 {
7919 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7920
7921 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7922 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7923 space_chain;
7924 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7925 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7926 return space_chain;
7927
7928 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7929 return NULL;
7930 }
7931
7932 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
7933 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
7934
7935 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
7936 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
7937 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
7938 COMDAT data.
7939
7940 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7941 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7942 own subspace. */
7943
7944 static ssd_chain_struct *
7945 is_defined_subspace (const char *name)
7946 {
7947 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7948 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7949
7950 /* Walk through each space. */
7951 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7952 space_chain;
7953 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7954 {
7955 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7956 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7957 subspace_chain;
7958 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7959 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7960 return subspace_chain;
7961 }
7962
7963 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
7964 return NULL;
7965 }
7966
7967 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
7968 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
7969
7970 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
7971 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
7972 to become more efficient. */
7973
7974 static ssd_chain_struct *
7975 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
7976 {
7977 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7978 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7979
7980 /* Walk through each space. */
7981 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7982 space_chain;
7983 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7984 {
7985 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7986 {
7987 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
7988 the correct mapping. */
7989 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7990 subspace_chain;
7991 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7992 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
7993 return subspace_chain;
7994 }
7995 }
7996
7997 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
7998 return NULL;
7999 }
8000
8001 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8002
8003 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8004 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8005
8006 static sd_chain_struct *
8007 pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
8008 {
8009 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8010
8011 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8012 space_chain;
8013 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8014 {
8015 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8016 return space_chain;
8017 }
8018
8019 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8020 return NULL;
8021 }
8022
8023 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8024 address is unknown then return zero. */
8025
8026 static unsigned int
8027 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
8028 {
8029 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8030 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8031 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8032 return 0x40000000;
8033 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8034 return 0x40000000;
8035 else
8036 return 0;
8037 return 0;
8038 }
8039 #endif
8040
8041 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8042 a string. */
8043
8044 static unsigned int
8045 pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
8046 {
8047 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8048
8049 switch (c)
8050 {
8051 case '\"':
8052 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8053 break;
8054 default:
8055 break;
8056 }
8057 return c;
8058 }
8059
8060 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8061
8062 static void
8063 pa_stringer (int append_zero)
8064 {
8065 char *s, num_buf[4];
8066 unsigned int c;
8067 int i;
8068
8069 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8070 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8071 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8072
8073 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8074 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8075 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8076 #endif
8077
8078 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8079 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8080
8081 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8082 {
8083 if (c == '\\')
8084 {
8085 c = *s;
8086 switch (c)
8087 {
8088 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8089 case 'x':
8090 {
8091 unsigned int number;
8092 int num_digit;
8093 char dg;
8094 char *s_start = s;
8095
8096 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8097 s++;
8098 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8099 num_digit < 2
8100 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8101 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8102 num_digit++)
8103 {
8104 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8105 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8106 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8107 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8108 else
8109 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8110
8111 s++;
8112 dg = *s;
8113 }
8114 if (num_digit > 0)
8115 {
8116 switch (num_digit)
8117 {
8118 case 1:
8119 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8120 break;
8121 case 2:
8122 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8123 break;
8124 }
8125 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8126 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8127 }
8128 break;
8129 }
8130 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8131 default:
8132 s++;
8133 break;
8134 }
8135 }
8136 }
8137 stringer (8 + append_zero);
8138 pa_undefine_label ();
8139 }
8140
8141 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8142
8143 static void
8144 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8145 {
8146 obj_version (0);
8147 pa_undefine_label ();
8148 }
8149
8150 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8151
8152 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8153
8154 static void
8155 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8156 {
8157 obj_som_compiler (0);
8158 pa_undefine_label ();
8159 }
8160
8161 #endif
8162
8163 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8164
8165 static void
8166 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8167 {
8168 obj_copyright (0);
8169 pa_undefine_label ();
8170 }
8171
8172 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8173 the latest space label. */
8174
8175 static void
8176 pa_cons (int nbytes)
8177 {
8178 cons (nbytes);
8179 pa_undefine_label ();
8180 }
8181
8182 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8183
8184 static void
8185 pa_float_cons (int float_type)
8186 {
8187 float_cons (float_type);
8188 pa_undefine_label ();
8189 }
8190
8191 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8192
8193 static void
8194 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8195 {
8196 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8197 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8198 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8199 #endif
8200
8201 s_fill (0);
8202 pa_undefine_label ();
8203 }
8204
8205 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8206
8207 static void
8208 pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
8209 {
8210 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8211 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8212 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8213 #endif
8214
8215 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8216 pa_undefine_label ();
8217 }
8218
8219 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8220
8221 static void
8222 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8223 {
8224 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8225 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8226 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8227 #endif
8228
8229 s_lsym (0);
8230 pa_undefine_label ();
8231 }
8232
8233 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
8234 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
8235
8236 void
8237 md_begin (void)
8238 {
8239 const char *retval = NULL;
8240 int lose = 0;
8241 unsigned int i = 0;
8242
8243 last_call_info = NULL;
8244 call_info_root = NULL;
8245
8246 /* Set the default machine type. */
8247 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8248 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8249
8250 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8251 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
8252 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8253 {
8254 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8255 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8256 }
8257
8258 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8259 pa_spaces_begin ();
8260 #endif
8261
8262 op_hash = hash_new ();
8263
8264 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8265 {
8266 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8267
8268 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
8269 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
8270 {
8271 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
8272 lose = 1;
8273 }
8274
8275 do
8276 {
8277 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8278 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8279 {
8280 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8281 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8282 lose = 1;
8283 }
8284 ++i;
8285 }
8286 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8287 }
8288
8289 if (lose)
8290 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
8291
8292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8293 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
8294 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
8295 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8296 #endif
8297
8298 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8299 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8300 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8301 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
8302 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
8303 #endif
8304 }
8305
8306 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8307 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8308 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8309
8310 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8311 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8312 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8313 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8314 with the address of "foo").
8315
8316 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8317 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8318 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8319
8320 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8321 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8322 selectors).
8323
8324 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8325 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
8326
8327 int
8328 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
8329 {
8330 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8331 reloc_type code;
8332 #endif
8333 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8334
8335 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8336
8337 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8338 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8339 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8340 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8341 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8342 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8343 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8344
8345 switch (code)
8346 {
8347 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8348 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8349 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8350 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8351 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8352
8353 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8354 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8355 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8356 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8357 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8358 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8359 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8360 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8361 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8362 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8363 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8364 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8365 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8366 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8367
8368 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8369 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8370 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8371 return 0;
8372 default:
8373 break;
8374 }
8375 #endif
8376
8377 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8378 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8379
8380 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8381 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8382 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8383 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8384 && fixp->fx_subsy
8385 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8386 return 0;
8387
8388 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8389
8390 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8391 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8392 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8393 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8394 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8395 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8396 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8397 sum to the right value.
8398
8399 eg. Suppose we have
8400 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8401 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8402 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8403
8404 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8405 reducing to the section symbol we get
8406 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8407 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8408 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8409 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8410 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8411
8412 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8413 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8414 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8415 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8416 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8417
8418 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8419 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8420 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8421 return 0;
8422
8423 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8424 relocations with plabels. */
8425 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8426 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8427 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8428 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8429 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8430 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8431 return 0;
8432
8433 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8434 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8435 return 0;
8436
8437 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8438 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8439 return 0;
8440
8441 return 1;
8442 }
8443
8444 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8445 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8446 within GAS. */
8447
8448 int
8449 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
8450 {
8451 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8452
8453 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8454 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8455 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8456 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8457 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8458 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8459 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8460 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8461 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8462 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8463 return 1;
8464 #endif
8465 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8466 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8467 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8468 return 1;
8469 #endif
8470
8471 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8472
8473 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8474 linking works. */
8475 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8476 return 1;
8477
8478 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8479 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8480 call stub. */
8481 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8482 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8483 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8484 return 1;
8485
8486 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8487 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8488 {
8489 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8490 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8491
8492 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8493
8494 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8495 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8496 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8497 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8498 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8499 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8500 #endif
8501
8502 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8503 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8504 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8505 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8506 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8507 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8508 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8509 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8510 )
8511 return 1;
8512 }
8513
8514 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8515 return 1;
8516
8517 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8518 return 0;
8519 }
8520
8521 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8522 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8523 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8524 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8525 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8526 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8527
8528 void
8529 elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
8530 {
8531 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8532
8533 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8534 call_info_pointer;
8535 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8536 {
8537 elf_symbol_type *esym
8538 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8539 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8540 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8541 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8542 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8543 }
8544 }
8545
8546 static void
8547 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8548 {
8549 struct fix *new_fix;
8550
8551 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8552
8553 if (new_fix)
8554 {
8555 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (&notes, struct hppa_fix_struct);
8556
8557 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8558 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8559 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8560 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8561 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8562 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8563 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8564 }
8565 }
8566
8567 static void
8568 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8569 {
8570 struct fix *new_fix;
8571
8572 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8573
8574 if (new_fix)
8575 {
8576 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = XOBNEW (&notes, struct hppa_fix_struct);
8577
8578 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8579 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8580 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8581 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8582 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8583 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8584 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8585 }
8586 }
8587 #endif
8588
8589 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
8590 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8591 dependent tables? */
8592 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8593 {
8594 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8595 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
8596 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8597 {"align", pa_align, 8},
8598 #endif
8599 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8600 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8601 #endif
8602 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8603 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8604 {"block", pa_block, 1},
8605 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8606 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8607 {"call", pa_call, 0},
8608 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8609 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8610 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8611 #else
8612 {"code", pa_text, 0},
8613 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8614 #endif
8615 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8616 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8617 #endif
8618 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8619 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8620 {"data", pa_data, 0},
8621 #endif
8622 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8623 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8624 {"end", pa_end, 0},
8625 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8626 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8627 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8628 #endif
8629 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8630 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8631 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8632 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8633 {"export", pa_export, 0},
8634 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8635 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8636 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8637 {"import", pa_import, 0},
8638 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8639 {"label", pa_label, 0},
8640 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8641 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8642 {"level", pa_level, 0},
8643 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8644 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8645 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8646 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8647 #endif
8648 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8649 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8650 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8651 {"param", pa_param, 0},
8652 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8653 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8654 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8655 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8656 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8657 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8658 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8659 {"space", pa_space, 0},
8660 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8661 #endif
8662 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8663 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8664 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8665 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8666 #endif
8667 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8668 {"text", pa_text, 0},
8669 #endif
8670 {"version", pa_version, 0},
8671 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8672 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8673 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8674 #endif
8675 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8676 {NULL, 0, 0}
8677 };
8678
8679 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8680 void
8681 hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
8682 {
8683 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
8684 }
8685
8686 int
8687 hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
8688 {
8689 unsigned int regnum = -1;
8690 unsigned int i;
8691 const char *p;
8692 char *q;
8693 static struct { const char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
8694 {
8695 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
8696 };
8697
8698 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
8699 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
8700 return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
8701
8702 if (regname[0] == 'r')
8703 {
8704 p = regname + 1;
8705 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8706 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
8707 return -1;
8708 }
8709 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
8710 {
8711 p = regname + 2;
8712 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8713 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
8714 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8715 return -1;
8716 regnum += 32 - 4;
8717 #else
8718 if (p == q
8719 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
8720 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8721 return -1;
8722 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
8723 if (*q == 'R')
8724 regnum++;
8725 #endif
8726 }
8727 return regnum;
8728 }
8729 #endif
This page took 0.215682 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.